Merge branch 'upstream-PDCurses' into update-pdcurses

# By PDCurses Upstream
* upstream-PDCurses:
  PDCurses 2021-12-08 (f1cd4f45)

Utilities/cmpdcurses/.gitattributes

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+* -whitespace

Utilities/cmpdcurses/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+Welcome to PDCurses!
+====================
+
+PDCurses is an implementation of X/Open curses for multiple platforms.
+The latest version can be found at:
+
+   https://pdcurses.org/
+
+For changes, see the [History] file. The main documentation is now in
+the [docs] directory.
+
+
+Legal Stuff
+-----------
+
+The core package is in the public domain, but small portions of PDCurses
+are subject to copyright under various licenses.  Each directory
+contains a README.md file, with a section titled "Distribution Status"
+which describes the status of the files in that directory.
+
+If you use PDCurses in an application, an acknowledgement would be
+appreciated, but is not mandatory. If you make corrections or
+enhancements to PDCurses, please forward them to the current maintainer
+for the benefit of other users.
+
+This software is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY whatsoever.
+
+
+Ports
+-----
+
+PDCurses has been ported to DOS, OS/2, Windows, X11 and SDL. A directory
+containing the port-specific source files exists for each of these
+platforms.
+
+Build instructions are in the README.md file for each platform:
+
+-  [DOS]
+-  [OS/2]
+-  [SDL 1.x]
+-  [SDL 2.x]
+-  [Windows]
+-  [X11]
+
+
+Distribution Status
+-------------------
+
+All files in this directory (not including subdirectories) are released
+to the public domain.
+
+
+Maintainer
+----------
+
+William McBrine <[email protected]>
+
+[History]: docs/HISTORY.md
+[docs]: docs/README.md
+[DOS]: dos/README.md
+[OS/2]: os2/README.md
+[SDL 1.x]: sdl1/README.md
+[SDL 2.x]: sdl2/README.md
+[Windows]: wincon/README.md
+[X11]: x11/README.md

Utilities/cmpdcurses/common/acs437.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* ACS definitions originally by [email protected] -- these
+   match code page 437 and compatible pages (CP850, CP852, etc.) */
+
+chtype acs_map[128] =
+{
+    PDC_ACS(0), PDC_ACS(1), PDC_ACS(2), PDC_ACS(3), PDC_ACS(4),
+    PDC_ACS(5), PDC_ACS(6), PDC_ACS(7), PDC_ACS(8), PDC_ACS(9),
+    PDC_ACS(10), PDC_ACS(11), PDC_ACS(12), PDC_ACS(13), PDC_ACS(14),
+    PDC_ACS(15), PDC_ACS(16), PDC_ACS(17), PDC_ACS(18), PDC_ACS(19),
+    PDC_ACS(20), PDC_ACS(21), PDC_ACS(22), PDC_ACS(23), PDC_ACS(24),
+    PDC_ACS(25), PDC_ACS(26), PDC_ACS(27), PDC_ACS(28), PDC_ACS(29),
+    PDC_ACS(30), PDC_ACS(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'',
+    '(', ')', '*',
+
+    PDC_ACS(0x1a), PDC_ACS(0x1b), PDC_ACS(0x18), PDC_ACS(0x19),
+
+    '/',
+
+    0xdb,
+
+    '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
+    '>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
+    'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
+    'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
+
+    PDC_ACS(0x04), 0xb1,
+
+    'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
+
+    0xf8, 0xf1, 0xb0, PDC_ACS(0x0f), 0xd9, 0xbf, 0xda, 0xc0, 0xc5, 0x2d,
+    0x2d, 0xc4, 0x2d, 0x5f, 0xc3, 0xb4, 0xc1, 0xc2, 0xb3, 0xf3, 0xf2,
+    0xe3, 0xd8, 0x9c, 0xf9,
+
+    PDC_ACS(127)
+};

Utilities/cmpdcurses/common/acsuni.h

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* ACS Unicode mapping */
+
+chtype acs_map[128] =
+{
+    PDC_ACS(0), PDC_ACS(1), PDC_ACS(2), PDC_ACS(3), PDC_ACS(4),
+    PDC_ACS(5), PDC_ACS(6), PDC_ACS(7), PDC_ACS(8), PDC_ACS(9),
+    PDC_ACS(10), PDC_ACS(11), PDC_ACS(12), PDC_ACS(13), PDC_ACS(14),
+    PDC_ACS(15), PDC_ACS(16), PDC_ACS(17), PDC_ACS(18), PDC_ACS(19),
+    PDC_ACS(20), PDC_ACS(21), PDC_ACS(22), PDC_ACS(23), PDC_ACS(24),
+    PDC_ACS(25), PDC_ACS(26), PDC_ACS(27), PDC_ACS(28), PDC_ACS(29),
+    PDC_ACS(30), PDC_ACS(31), ' ', '!', '"', '#', '$', '%', '&', '\'',
+    '(', ')', '*',
+
+    0x2192, 0x2190, 0x2191, 0x2193,
+
+    '/',
+
+    0x2588,
+
+    '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9', ':', ';', '<', '=',
+    '>', '?', '@', 'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
+    'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T', 'U', 'V', 'W',
+    'X', 'Y', 'Z', '[', '\\', ']', '^', '_',
+
+    0x2666, 0x2592,
+
+    'b', 'c', 'd', 'e',
+
+    0x00b0, 0x00b1, 0x2591, 0x00a4, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514,
+    0x253c, 0x23ba, 0x23bb, 0x2500, 0x23bc, 0x23bd, 0x251c, 0x2524,
+    0x2534, 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03c0, 0x2260, 0x00a3,
+    0x00b7,
+
+    PDC_ACS(127)
+};

Utilities/cmpdcurses/curses.h

@@ -0,0 +1,1417 @@
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                              PDCurses                                *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef __PDCURSES__
+#define __PDCURSES__ 1
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+Define before inclusion (only those needed):
+
+    XCURSES         if building / built for X11
+    PDC_RGB         if you want to use RGB color definitions
+                    (Red = 1, Green = 2, Blue = 4) instead of BGR
+    PDC_WIDE        if building / built with wide-character support
+    PDC_DLL_BUILD   if building / built as a Windows DLL
+    PDC_NCMOUSE     to use the ncurses mouse API instead
+                    of PDCurses' traditional mouse API
+
+Defined by this header:
+
+    PDCURSES        PDCurses-only features are available
+    PDC_BUILD       API build version
+    PDC_VER_MAJOR   major version number
+    PDC_VER_MINOR   minor version number
+    PDC_VERDOT      version string
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#define PDCURSES        1
+#define PDC_BUILD    3906
+#define PDC_VER_MAJOR   3
+#define PDC_VER_MINOR   9
+#define PDC_VERDOT   "3.9"
+
+#define CHTYPE_LONG     1      /* chtype >= 32 bits */
+
+#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L
+# define PDC_99         1
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus >= 199711L
+# define PDC_PP98       1
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PDC_99) && !defined(__bool_true_false_are_defined)
+# include <stdbool.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+# ifndef PDC_PP98
+#  define bool _bool
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  Constants and Types
+ *
+ */
+
+#undef FALSE
+#define FALSE 0
+
+#undef TRUE
+#define TRUE 1
+
+#undef ERR
+#define ERR (-1)
+
+#undef OK
+#define OK 0
+
+#if !defined(PDC_PP98) && !defined(__bool_true_false_are_defined)
+typedef unsigned char bool;
+#endif
+
+#if _LP64
+typedef unsigned int chtype;
+#else
+typedef unsigned long chtype;  /* 16-bit attr + 16-bit char */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+typedef chtype cchar_t;
+#endif
+
+typedef chtype attr_t;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  Version Info
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Use this structure with PDC_get_version() for run-time info about the
+   way the library was built, in case it doesn't match the header. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    short flags;          /* flags OR'd together (see below) */
+    short build;          /* PDC_BUILD at compile time */
+    unsigned char major;  /* PDC_VER_MAJOR */
+    unsigned char minor;  /* PDC_VER_MINOR */
+    unsigned char csize;  /* sizeof chtype */
+    unsigned char bsize;  /* sizeof bool */
+} PDC_VERSION;
+
+enum
+{
+    PDC_VFLAG_DEBUG = 1,  /* set if built with -DPDCDEBUG */
+    PDC_VFLAG_WIDE  = 2,  /* -DPDC_WIDE */
+    PDC_VFLAG_UTF8  = 4,  /* -DPDC_FORCE_UTF8 */
+    PDC_VFLAG_DLL   = 8,  /* -DPDC_DLL_BUILD */
+    PDC_VFLAG_RGB   = 16  /* -DPDC_RGB */
+};
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  Mouse Interface
+ *
+ */
+
+#if _LP64
+typedef unsigned int mmask_t;
+#else
+typedef unsigned long mmask_t;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    int x;           /* absolute column, 0 based, measured in characters */
+    int y;           /* absolute row, 0 based, measured in characters */
+    short button[3]; /* state of each button */
+    int changes;     /* flags indicating what has changed with the mouse */
+} MOUSE_STATUS;
+
+#define BUTTON_RELEASED         0x0000
+#define BUTTON_PRESSED          0x0001
+#define BUTTON_CLICKED          0x0002
+#define BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED   0x0003
+#define BUTTON_TRIPLE_CLICKED   0x0004
+#define BUTTON_MOVED            0x0005  /* PDCurses */
+#define WHEEL_SCROLLED          0x0006  /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_ACTION_MASK      0x0007  /* PDCurses */
+
+#define PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT        0x0008  /* PDCurses */
+#define PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL      0x0010  /* PDCurses */
+#define PDC_BUTTON_ALT          0x0020  /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK    0x0038  /* PDCurses */
+
+#define MOUSE_X_POS             (Mouse_status.x)
+#define MOUSE_Y_POS             (Mouse_status.y)
+
+/*
+ * Bits associated with the .changes field:
+ *   3         2         1         0
+ * 210987654321098765432109876543210
+ *                                 1 <- button 1 has changed
+ *                                10 <- button 2 has changed
+ *                               100 <- button 3 has changed
+ *                              1000 <- mouse has moved
+ *                             10000 <- mouse position report
+ *                            100000 <- mouse wheel up
+ *                           1000000 <- mouse wheel down
+ *                          10000000 <- mouse wheel left
+ *                         100000000 <- mouse wheel right
+ */
+
+#define PDC_MOUSE_MOVED         0x0008
+#define PDC_MOUSE_POSITION      0x0010
+#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP      0x0020
+#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN    0x0040
+#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT    0x0080
+#define PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT   0x0100
+
+#define A_BUTTON_CHANGED        (Mouse_status.changes & 7)
+#define MOUSE_MOVED             (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED)
+#define MOUSE_POS_REPORT        (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_POSITION)
+#define BUTTON_CHANGED(x)       (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << ((x) - 1)))
+#define BUTTON_STATUS(x)        (Mouse_status.button[(x) - 1])
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_UP          (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN        (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT        (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT)
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT       (Mouse_status.changes & PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT)
+
+/* mouse bit-masks */
+
+#define BUTTON1_RELEASED        0x00000001L
+#define BUTTON1_PRESSED         0x00000002L
+#define BUTTON1_CLICKED         0x00000004L
+#define BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED  0x00000008L
+#define BUTTON1_TRIPLE_CLICKED  0x00000010L
+#define BUTTON1_MOVED           0x00000010L /* PDCurses */
+
+#define BUTTON2_RELEASED        0x00000020L
+#define BUTTON2_PRESSED         0x00000040L
+#define BUTTON2_CLICKED         0x00000080L
+#define BUTTON2_DOUBLE_CLICKED  0x00000100L
+#define BUTTON2_TRIPLE_CLICKED  0x00000200L
+#define BUTTON2_MOVED           0x00000200L /* PDCurses */
+
+#define BUTTON3_RELEASED        0x00000400L
+#define BUTTON3_PRESSED         0x00000800L
+#define BUTTON3_CLICKED         0x00001000L
+#define BUTTON3_DOUBLE_CLICKED  0x00002000L
+#define BUTTON3_TRIPLE_CLICKED  0x00004000L
+#define BUTTON3_MOVED           0x00004000L /* PDCurses */
+
+/* For the ncurses-compatible functions only, BUTTON4_PRESSED and
+   BUTTON5_PRESSED are returned for mouse scroll wheel up and down;
+   otherwise PDCurses doesn't support buttons 4 and 5 */
+
+#define BUTTON4_RELEASED        0x00008000L
+#define BUTTON4_PRESSED         0x00010000L
+#define BUTTON4_CLICKED         0x00020000L
+#define BUTTON4_DOUBLE_CLICKED  0x00040000L
+#define BUTTON4_TRIPLE_CLICKED  0x00080000L
+
+#define BUTTON5_RELEASED        0x00100000L
+#define BUTTON5_PRESSED         0x00200000L
+#define BUTTON5_CLICKED         0x00400000L
+#define BUTTON5_DOUBLE_CLICKED  0x00800000L
+#define BUTTON5_TRIPLE_CLICKED  0x01000000L
+
+#define MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL      0x02000000L /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT   0x04000000L /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL 0x08000000L /* PDCurses */
+#define BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT     0x10000000L /* PDCurses */
+
+#define ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS        0x1fffffffL
+#define REPORT_MOUSE_POSITION   0x20000000L
+
+/* ncurses mouse interface */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    short id;       /* unused, always 0 */
+    int x, y, z;    /* x, y same as MOUSE_STATUS; z unused */
+    mmask_t bstate; /* equivalent to changes + button[], but
+                       in the same format as used for mousemask() */
+} MEVENT;
+
+#if defined(PDC_NCMOUSE) && !defined(NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION)
+# define NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION 2
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+# define BUTTON_SHIFT   BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT
+# define BUTTON_CONTROL BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL
+# define BUTTON_CTRL    BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL
+# define BUTTON_ALT     BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT
+#else
+# define BUTTON_SHIFT   PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT
+# define BUTTON_CONTROL PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL
+# define BUTTON_ALT     PDC_BUTTON_ALT
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  Window and Screen Structures
+ *
+ */
+
+typedef struct _win       /* definition of a window */
+{
+    int   _cury;          /* current pseudo-cursor */
+    int   _curx;
+    int   _maxy;          /* max window coordinates */
+    int   _maxx;
+    int   _begy;          /* origin on screen */
+    int   _begx;
+    int   _flags;         /* window properties */
+    chtype _attrs;        /* standard attributes and colors */
+    chtype _bkgd;         /* background, normally blank */
+    bool  _clear;         /* causes clear at next refresh */
+    bool  _leaveit;       /* leaves cursor where it is */
+    bool  _scroll;        /* allows window scrolling */
+    bool  _nodelay;       /* input character wait flag */
+    bool  _immed;         /* immediate update flag */
+    bool  _sync;          /* synchronise window ancestors */
+    bool  _use_keypad;    /* flags keypad key mode active */
+    chtype **_y;          /* pointer to line pointer array */
+    int   *_firstch;      /* first changed character in line */
+    int   *_lastch;       /* last changed character in line */
+    int   _tmarg;         /* top of scrolling region */
+    int   _bmarg;         /* bottom of scrolling region */
+    int   _delayms;       /* milliseconds of delay for getch() */
+    int   _parx, _pary;   /* coords relative to parent (0,0) */
+    struct _win *_parent; /* subwin's pointer to parent win */
+} WINDOW;
+
+/* Color pair structure */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    short f;              /* foreground color */
+    short b;              /* background color */
+    int   count;          /* allocation order */
+    bool  set;            /* pair has been set */
+} PDC_PAIR;
+
+/* Avoid using the SCREEN struct directly -- use the corresponding
+   functions if possible. This struct may eventually be made private. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    bool  alive;          /* if initscr() called, and not endwin() */
+    bool  autocr;         /* if cr -> lf */
+    bool  cbreak;         /* if terminal unbuffered */
+    bool  echo;           /* if terminal echo */
+    bool  raw_inp;        /* raw input mode (v. cooked input) */
+    bool  raw_out;        /* raw output mode (7 v. 8 bits) */
+    bool  audible;        /* FALSE if the bell is visual */
+    bool  mono;           /* TRUE if current screen is mono */
+    bool  resized;        /* TRUE if TERM has been resized */
+    bool  orig_attr;      /* TRUE if we have the original colors */
+    short orig_fore;      /* original screen foreground color */
+    short orig_back;      /* original screen foreground color */
+    int   cursrow;        /* position of physical cursor */
+    int   curscol;        /* position of physical cursor */
+    int   visibility;     /* visibility of cursor */
+    int   orig_cursor;    /* original cursor size */
+    int   lines;          /* new value for LINES */
+    int   cols;           /* new value for COLS */
+    mmask_t _trap_mbe;             /* trap these mouse button events */
+    int   mouse_wait;              /* time to wait (in ms) for a
+                                      button release after a press, in
+                                      order to count it as a click */
+    int   slklines;                /* lines in use by slk_init() */
+    WINDOW *slk_winptr;            /* window for slk */
+    int   linesrippedoff;          /* lines ripped off via ripoffline() */
+    int   linesrippedoffontop;     /* lines ripped off on
+                                      top via ripoffline() */
+    int   delaytenths;             /* 1/10ths second to wait block
+                                      getch() for */
+    bool  _preserve;               /* TRUE if screen background
+                                      to be preserved */
+    int   _restore;                /* specifies if screen background
+                                      to be restored, and how */
+    unsigned long key_modifiers;   /* key modifiers (SHIFT, CONTROL, etc.)
+                                      on last key press */
+    bool  return_key_modifiers;    /* TRUE if modifier keys are
+                                      returned as "real" keys */
+    bool  key_code;                /* TRUE if last key is a special key;
+                                      used internally by get_wch() */
+    MOUSE_STATUS mouse_status;     /* last returned mouse status */
+    short line_color;     /* color of line attributes - default -1 */
+    attr_t termattrs;     /* attribute capabilities */
+    WINDOW *lastscr;      /* the last screen image */
+    FILE *dbfp;           /* debug trace file pointer */
+    bool  color_started;  /* TRUE after start_color() */
+    bool  dirty;          /* redraw on napms() after init_color() */
+    int   sel_start;      /* start of selection (y * COLS + x) */
+    int   sel_end;        /* end of selection */
+    int  *c_buffer;       /* character buffer */
+    int   c_pindex;       /* putter index */
+    int   c_gindex;       /* getter index */
+    int  *c_ungch;        /* array of ungotten chars */
+    int   c_ungind;       /* ungetch() push index */
+    int   c_ungmax;       /* allocated size of ungetch() buffer */
+    PDC_PAIR *atrtab;     /* table of color pairs */
+} SCREEN;
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  External Variables
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD
+# ifdef CURSES_LIBRARY
+#  define PDCEX __declspec(dllexport) extern
+# else
+#  define PDCEX __declspec(dllimport)
+# endif
+#else
+# define PDCEX extern
+#endif
+
+PDCEX  int          LINES;        /* terminal height */
+PDCEX  int          COLS;         /* terminal width */
+PDCEX  WINDOW       *stdscr;      /* the default screen window */
+PDCEX  WINDOW       *curscr;      /* the current screen image */
+PDCEX  SCREEN       *SP;          /* curses variables */
+PDCEX  MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status;
+PDCEX  int          COLORS;
+PDCEX  int          COLOR_PAIRS;
+PDCEX  int          TABSIZE;
+PDCEX  chtype       acs_map[];    /* alternate character set map */
+PDCEX  char         ttytype[];    /* terminal name/description */
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+Text Attributes
+===============
+
+PDCurses uses a 32-bit integer for its chtype:
+
+    +--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+    |31|30|29|28|27|26|25|24|23|22|21|20|19|18|17|16|15|14|13|..| 2| 1| 0|
+    +--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+          color pair        |     modifiers         |   character eg 'a'
+
+There are 256 color pairs (8 bits), 8 bits for modifiers, and 16 bits
+for character data. The modifiers are bold, underline, right-line,
+left-line, italic, reverse and blink, plus the alternate character set
+indicator.
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+/*** Video attribute macros ***/
+
+#define A_NORMAL      (chtype)0
+
+#define A_ALTCHARSET  (chtype)0x00010000
+#define A_RIGHT       (chtype)0x00020000
+#define A_LEFT        (chtype)0x00040000
+#define A_ITALIC      (chtype)0x00080000
+#define A_UNDERLINE   (chtype)0x00100000
+#define A_REVERSE     (chtype)0x00200000
+#define A_BLINK       (chtype)0x00400000
+#define A_BOLD        (chtype)0x00800000
+
+#define A_ATTRIBUTES  (chtype)0xffff0000
+#define A_CHARTEXT    (chtype)0x0000ffff
+#define A_COLOR       (chtype)0xff000000
+
+#define PDC_COLOR_SHIFT 24
+
+#define A_LEFTLINE    A_LEFT
+#define A_RIGHTLINE   A_RIGHT
+#define A_STANDOUT    (A_REVERSE | A_BOLD) /* X/Open */
+
+#define A_DIM         A_NORMAL
+#define A_INVIS       A_NORMAL
+#define A_PROTECT     A_NORMAL
+
+#define A_HORIZONTAL  A_NORMAL
+#define A_LOW         A_NORMAL
+#define A_TOP         A_NORMAL
+#define A_VERTICAL    A_NORMAL
+
+#define CHR_MSK       A_CHARTEXT           /* Obsolete */
+#define ATR_MSK       A_ATTRIBUTES         /* Obsolete */
+#define ATR_NRM       A_NORMAL             /* Obsolete */
+
+/* For use with attr_t -- X/Open says, "these shall be distinct", so
+   this is a non-conforming implementation. */
+
+#define WA_NORMAL     A_NORMAL
+
+#define WA_ALTCHARSET A_ALTCHARSET
+#define WA_BLINK      A_BLINK
+#define WA_BOLD       A_BOLD
+#define WA_DIM        A_DIM
+#define WA_INVIS      A_INVIS
+#define WA_ITALIC     A_ITALIC
+#define WA_LEFT       A_LEFT
+#define WA_PROTECT    A_PROTECT
+#define WA_REVERSE    A_REVERSE
+#define WA_RIGHT      A_RIGHT
+#define WA_STANDOUT   A_STANDOUT
+#define WA_UNDERLINE  A_UNDERLINE
+
+#define WA_HORIZONTAL A_HORIZONTAL
+#define WA_LOW        A_LOW
+#define WA_TOP        A_TOP
+#define WA_VERTICAL   A_VERTICAL
+
+#define WA_ATTRIBUTES A_ATTRIBUTES
+
+/*** Alternate character set macros ***/
+
+#define PDC_ACS(w) ((chtype)w | A_ALTCHARSET)
+
+/* VT100-compatible symbols -- box chars */
+
+#define ACS_ULCORNER  PDC_ACS('l')
+#define ACS_LLCORNER  PDC_ACS('m')
+#define ACS_URCORNER  PDC_ACS('k')
+#define ACS_LRCORNER  PDC_ACS('j')
+#define ACS_RTEE      PDC_ACS('u')
+#define ACS_LTEE      PDC_ACS('t')
+#define ACS_BTEE      PDC_ACS('v')
+#define ACS_TTEE      PDC_ACS('w')
+#define ACS_HLINE     PDC_ACS('q')
+#define ACS_VLINE     PDC_ACS('x')
+#define ACS_PLUS      PDC_ACS('n')
+
+/* VT100-compatible symbols -- other */
+
+#define ACS_S1        PDC_ACS('o')
+#define ACS_S9        PDC_ACS('s')
+#define ACS_DIAMOND   PDC_ACS('`')
+#define ACS_CKBOARD   PDC_ACS('a')
+#define ACS_DEGREE    PDC_ACS('f')
+#define ACS_PLMINUS   PDC_ACS('g')
+#define ACS_BULLET    PDC_ACS('~')
+
+/* Teletype 5410v1 symbols -- these are defined in SysV curses, but
+   are not well-supported by most terminals. Stick to VT100 characters
+   for optimum portability. */
+
+#define ACS_LARROW    PDC_ACS(',')
+#define ACS_RARROW    PDC_ACS('+')
+#define ACS_DARROW    PDC_ACS('.')
+#define ACS_UARROW    PDC_ACS('-')
+#define ACS_BOARD     PDC_ACS('h')
+#define ACS_LANTERN   PDC_ACS('i')
+#define ACS_BLOCK     PDC_ACS('0')
+
+/* That goes double for these -- undocumented SysV symbols. Don't use
+   them. */
+
+#define ACS_S3        PDC_ACS('p')
+#define ACS_S7        PDC_ACS('r')
+#define ACS_LEQUAL    PDC_ACS('y')
+#define ACS_GEQUAL    PDC_ACS('z')
+#define ACS_PI        PDC_ACS('{')
+#define ACS_NEQUAL    PDC_ACS('|')
+#define ACS_STERLING  PDC_ACS('}')
+
+/* Box char aliases */
+
+#define ACS_BSSB      ACS_ULCORNER
+#define ACS_SSBB      ACS_LLCORNER
+#define ACS_BBSS      ACS_URCORNER
+#define ACS_SBBS      ACS_LRCORNER
+#define ACS_SBSS      ACS_RTEE
+#define ACS_SSSB      ACS_LTEE
+#define ACS_SSBS      ACS_BTEE
+#define ACS_BSSS      ACS_TTEE
+#define ACS_BSBS      ACS_HLINE
+#define ACS_SBSB      ACS_VLINE
+#define ACS_SSSS      ACS_PLUS
+
+/* cchar_t aliases */
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+# define WACS_ULCORNER (&(acs_map['l']))
+# define WACS_LLCORNER (&(acs_map['m']))
+# define WACS_URCORNER (&(acs_map['k']))
+# define WACS_LRCORNER (&(acs_map['j']))
+# define WACS_RTEE     (&(acs_map['u']))
+# define WACS_LTEE     (&(acs_map['t']))
+# define WACS_BTEE     (&(acs_map['v']))
+# define WACS_TTEE     (&(acs_map['w']))
+# define WACS_HLINE    (&(acs_map['q']))
+# define WACS_VLINE    (&(acs_map['x']))
+# define WACS_PLUS     (&(acs_map['n']))
+
+# define WACS_S1       (&(acs_map['o']))
+# define WACS_S9       (&(acs_map['s']))
+# define WACS_DIAMOND  (&(acs_map['`']))
+# define WACS_CKBOARD  (&(acs_map['a']))
+# define WACS_DEGREE   (&(acs_map['f']))
+# define WACS_PLMINUS  (&(acs_map['g']))
+# define WACS_BULLET   (&(acs_map['~']))
+
+# define WACS_LARROW   (&(acs_map[',']))
+# define WACS_RARROW   (&(acs_map['+']))
+# define WACS_DARROW   (&(acs_map['.']))
+# define WACS_UARROW   (&(acs_map['-']))
+# define WACS_BOARD    (&(acs_map['h']))
+# define WACS_LANTERN  (&(acs_map['i']))
+# define WACS_BLOCK    (&(acs_map['0']))
+
+# define WACS_S3       (&(acs_map['p']))
+# define WACS_S7       (&(acs_map['r']))
+# define WACS_LEQUAL   (&(acs_map['y']))
+# define WACS_GEQUAL   (&(acs_map['z']))
+# define WACS_PI       (&(acs_map['{']))
+# define WACS_NEQUAL   (&(acs_map['|']))
+# define WACS_STERLING (&(acs_map['}']))
+
+# define WACS_BSSB     WACS_ULCORNER
+# define WACS_SSBB     WACS_LLCORNER
+# define WACS_BBSS     WACS_URCORNER
+# define WACS_SBBS     WACS_LRCORNER
+# define WACS_SBSS     WACS_RTEE
+# define WACS_SSSB     WACS_LTEE
+# define WACS_SSBS     WACS_BTEE
+# define WACS_BSSS     WACS_TTEE
+# define WACS_BSBS     WACS_HLINE
+# define WACS_SBSB     WACS_VLINE
+# define WACS_SSSS     WACS_PLUS
+#endif
+
+/*** Color macros ***/
+
+#define COLOR_BLACK   0
+
+#ifdef PDC_RGB        /* RGB */
+# define COLOR_RED    1
+# define COLOR_GREEN  2
+# define COLOR_BLUE   4
+#else                 /* BGR */
+# define COLOR_BLUE   1
+# define COLOR_GREEN  2
+# define COLOR_RED    4
+#endif
+
+#define COLOR_CYAN    (COLOR_BLUE | COLOR_GREEN)
+#define COLOR_MAGENTA (COLOR_RED | COLOR_BLUE)
+#define COLOR_YELLOW  (COLOR_RED | COLOR_GREEN)
+
+#define COLOR_WHITE   7
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  Function and Keypad Key Definitions
+ *  Many are just for compatibility
+ *
+ */
+
+#define KEY_CODE_YES  0x100  /* If get_wch() gives a key code */
+
+#define KEY_BREAK     0x101  /* Not on PC KBD */
+#define KEY_DOWN      0x102  /* Down arrow key */
+#define KEY_UP        0x103  /* Up arrow key */
+#define KEY_LEFT      0x104  /* Left arrow key */
+#define KEY_RIGHT     0x105  /* Right arrow key */
+#define KEY_HOME      0x106  /* home key */
+#define KEY_BACKSPACE 0x107  /* not on pc */
+#define KEY_F0        0x108  /* function keys; 64 reserved */
+
+#define KEY_DL        0x148  /* delete line */
+#define KEY_IL        0x149  /* insert line */
+#define KEY_DC        0x14a  /* delete character */
+#define KEY_IC        0x14b  /* insert char or enter ins mode */
+#define KEY_EIC       0x14c  /* exit insert char mode */
+#define KEY_CLEAR     0x14d  /* clear screen */
+#define KEY_EOS       0x14e  /* clear to end of screen */
+#define KEY_EOL       0x14f  /* clear to end of line */
+#define KEY_SF        0x150  /* scroll 1 line forward */
+#define KEY_SR        0x151  /* scroll 1 line back (reverse) */
+#define KEY_NPAGE     0x152  /* next page */
+#define KEY_PPAGE     0x153  /* previous page */
+#define KEY_STAB      0x154  /* set tab */
+#define KEY_CTAB      0x155  /* clear tab */
+#define KEY_CATAB     0x156  /* clear all tabs */
+#define KEY_ENTER     0x157  /* enter or send (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_SRESET    0x158  /* soft/reset (partial/unreliable) */
+#define KEY_RESET     0x159  /* reset/hard reset (unreliable) */
+#define KEY_PRINT     0x15a  /* print/copy */
+#define KEY_LL        0x15b  /* home down/bottom (lower left) */
+#define KEY_ABORT     0x15c  /* abort/terminate key (any) */
+#define KEY_SHELP     0x15d  /* short help */
+#define KEY_LHELP     0x15e  /* long help */
+#define KEY_BTAB      0x15f  /* Back tab key */
+#define KEY_BEG       0x160  /* beg(inning) key */
+#define KEY_CANCEL    0x161  /* cancel key */
+#define KEY_CLOSE     0x162  /* close key */
+#define KEY_COMMAND   0x163  /* cmd (command) key */
+#define KEY_COPY      0x164  /* copy key */
+#define KEY_CREATE    0x165  /* create key */
+#define KEY_END       0x166  /* end key */
+#define KEY_EXIT      0x167  /* exit key */
+#define KEY_FIND      0x168  /* find key */
+#define KEY_HELP      0x169  /* help key */
+#define KEY_MARK      0x16a  /* mark key */
+#define KEY_MESSAGE   0x16b  /* message key */
+#define KEY_MOVE      0x16c  /* move key */
+#define KEY_NEXT      0x16d  /* next object key */
+#define KEY_OPEN      0x16e  /* open key */
+#define KEY_OPTIONS   0x16f  /* options key */
+#define KEY_PREVIOUS  0x170  /* previous object key */
+#define KEY_REDO      0x171  /* redo key */
+#define KEY_REFERENCE 0x172  /* ref(erence) key */
+#define KEY_REFRESH   0x173  /* refresh key */
+#define KEY_REPLACE   0x174  /* replace key */
+#define KEY_RESTART   0x175  /* restart key */
+#define KEY_RESUME    0x176  /* resume key */
+#define KEY_SAVE      0x177  /* save key */
+#define KEY_SBEG      0x178  /* shifted beginning key */
+#define KEY_SCANCEL   0x179  /* shifted cancel key */
+#define KEY_SCOMMAND  0x17a  /* shifted command key */
+#define KEY_SCOPY     0x17b  /* shifted copy key */
+#define KEY_SCREATE   0x17c  /* shifted create key */
+#define KEY_SDC       0x17d  /* shifted delete char key */
+#define KEY_SDL       0x17e  /* shifted delete line key */
+#define KEY_SELECT    0x17f  /* select key */
+#define KEY_SEND      0x180  /* shifted end key */
+#define KEY_SEOL      0x181  /* shifted clear line key */
+#define KEY_SEXIT     0x182  /* shifted exit key */
+#define KEY_SFIND     0x183  /* shifted find key */
+#define KEY_SHOME     0x184  /* shifted home key */
+#define KEY_SIC       0x185  /* shifted input key */
+
+#define KEY_SLEFT     0x187  /* shifted left arrow key */
+#define KEY_SMESSAGE  0x188  /* shifted message key */
+#define KEY_SMOVE     0x189  /* shifted move key */
+#define KEY_SNEXT     0x18a  /* shifted next key */
+#define KEY_SOPTIONS  0x18b  /* shifted options key */
+#define KEY_SPREVIOUS 0x18c  /* shifted prev key */
+#define KEY_SPRINT    0x18d  /* shifted print key */
+#define KEY_SREDO     0x18e  /* shifted redo key */
+#define KEY_SREPLACE  0x18f  /* shifted replace key */
+#define KEY_SRIGHT    0x190  /* shifted right arrow */
+#define KEY_SRSUME    0x191  /* shifted resume key */
+#define KEY_SSAVE     0x192  /* shifted save key */
+#define KEY_SSUSPEND  0x193  /* shifted suspend key */
+#define KEY_SUNDO     0x194  /* shifted undo key */
+#define KEY_SUSPEND   0x195  /* suspend key */
+#define KEY_UNDO      0x196  /* undo key */
+
+/* PDCurses-specific key definitions -- PC only */
+
+#define ALT_0         0x197
+#define ALT_1         0x198
+#define ALT_2         0x199
+#define ALT_3         0x19a
+#define ALT_4         0x19b
+#define ALT_5         0x19c
+#define ALT_6         0x19d
+#define ALT_7         0x19e
+#define ALT_8         0x19f
+#define ALT_9         0x1a0
+#define ALT_A         0x1a1
+#define ALT_B         0x1a2
+#define ALT_C         0x1a3
+#define ALT_D         0x1a4
+#define ALT_E         0x1a5
+#define ALT_F         0x1a6
+#define ALT_G         0x1a7
+#define ALT_H         0x1a8
+#define ALT_I         0x1a9
+#define ALT_J         0x1aa
+#define ALT_K         0x1ab
+#define ALT_L         0x1ac
+#define ALT_M         0x1ad
+#define ALT_N         0x1ae
+#define ALT_O         0x1af
+#define ALT_P         0x1b0
+#define ALT_Q         0x1b1
+#define ALT_R         0x1b2
+#define ALT_S         0x1b3
+#define ALT_T         0x1b4
+#define ALT_U         0x1b5
+#define ALT_V         0x1b6
+#define ALT_W         0x1b7
+#define ALT_X         0x1b8
+#define ALT_Y         0x1b9
+#define ALT_Z         0x1ba
+
+#define CTL_LEFT      0x1bb  /* Control-Left-Arrow */
+#define CTL_RIGHT     0x1bc
+#define CTL_PGUP      0x1bd
+#define CTL_PGDN      0x1be
+#define CTL_HOME      0x1bf
+#define CTL_END       0x1c0
+
+#define KEY_A1        0x1c1  /* upper left on Virtual keypad */
+#define KEY_A2        0x1c2  /* upper middle on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_A3        0x1c3  /* upper right on Vir. keypad */
+#define KEY_B1        0x1c4  /* middle left on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_B2        0x1c5  /* center on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_B3        0x1c6  /* middle right on Vir. keypad */
+#define KEY_C1        0x1c7  /* lower left on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_C2        0x1c8  /* lower middle on Virt. keypad */
+#define KEY_C3        0x1c9  /* lower right on Vir. keypad */
+
+#define PADSLASH      0x1ca  /* slash on keypad */
+#define PADENTER      0x1cb  /* enter on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADENTER  0x1cc  /* ctl-enter on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADENTER  0x1cd  /* alt-enter on keypad */
+#define PADSTOP       0x1ce  /* stop on keypad */
+#define PADSTAR       0x1cf  /* star on keypad */
+#define PADMINUS      0x1d0  /* minus on keypad */
+#define PADPLUS       0x1d1  /* plus on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADSTOP   0x1d2  /* ctl-stop on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADCENTER 0x1d3  /* ctl-enter on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADPLUS   0x1d4  /* ctl-plus on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADMINUS  0x1d5  /* ctl-minus on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADSLASH  0x1d6  /* ctl-slash on keypad */
+#define CTL_PADSTAR   0x1d7  /* ctl-star on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADPLUS   0x1d8  /* alt-plus on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADMINUS  0x1d9  /* alt-minus on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADSLASH  0x1da  /* alt-slash on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADSTAR   0x1db  /* alt-star on keypad */
+#define ALT_PADSTOP   0x1dc  /* alt-stop on keypad */
+#define CTL_INS       0x1dd  /* ctl-insert */
+#define ALT_DEL       0x1de  /* alt-delete */
+#define ALT_INS       0x1df  /* alt-insert */
+#define CTL_UP        0x1e0  /* ctl-up arrow */
+#define CTL_DOWN      0x1e1  /* ctl-down arrow */
+#define CTL_TAB       0x1e2  /* ctl-tab */
+#define ALT_TAB       0x1e3
+#define ALT_MINUS     0x1e4
+#define ALT_EQUAL     0x1e5
+#define ALT_HOME      0x1e6
+#define ALT_PGUP      0x1e7
+#define ALT_PGDN      0x1e8
+#define ALT_END       0x1e9
+#define ALT_UP        0x1ea  /* alt-up arrow */
+#define ALT_DOWN      0x1eb  /* alt-down arrow */
+#define ALT_RIGHT     0x1ec  /* alt-right arrow */
+#define ALT_LEFT      0x1ed  /* alt-left arrow */
+#define ALT_ENTER     0x1ee  /* alt-enter */
+#define ALT_ESC       0x1ef  /* alt-escape */
+#define ALT_BQUOTE    0x1f0  /* alt-back quote */
+#define ALT_LBRACKET  0x1f1  /* alt-left bracket */
+#define ALT_RBRACKET  0x1f2  /* alt-right bracket */
+#define ALT_SEMICOLON 0x1f3  /* alt-semi-colon */
+#define ALT_FQUOTE    0x1f4  /* alt-forward quote */
+#define ALT_COMMA     0x1f5  /* alt-comma */
+#define ALT_STOP      0x1f6  /* alt-stop */
+#define ALT_FSLASH    0x1f7  /* alt-forward slash */
+#define ALT_BKSP      0x1f8  /* alt-backspace */
+#define CTL_BKSP      0x1f9  /* ctl-backspace */
+#define PAD0          0x1fa  /* keypad 0 */
+
+#define CTL_PAD0      0x1fb  /* ctl-keypad 0 */
+#define CTL_PAD1      0x1fc
+#define CTL_PAD2      0x1fd
+#define CTL_PAD3      0x1fe
+#define CTL_PAD4      0x1ff
+#define CTL_PAD5      0x200
+#define CTL_PAD6      0x201
+#define CTL_PAD7      0x202
+#define CTL_PAD8      0x203
+#define CTL_PAD9      0x204
+
+#define ALT_PAD0      0x205  /* alt-keypad 0 */
+#define ALT_PAD1      0x206
+#define ALT_PAD2      0x207
+#define ALT_PAD3      0x208
+#define ALT_PAD4      0x209
+#define ALT_PAD5      0x20a
+#define ALT_PAD6      0x20b
+#define ALT_PAD7      0x20c
+#define ALT_PAD8      0x20d
+#define ALT_PAD9      0x20e
+
+#define CTL_DEL       0x20f  /* clt-delete */
+#define ALT_BSLASH    0x210  /* alt-back slash */
+#define CTL_ENTER     0x211  /* ctl-enter */
+
+#define SHF_PADENTER  0x212  /* shift-enter on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADSLASH  0x213  /* shift-slash on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADSTAR   0x214  /* shift-star  on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADPLUS   0x215  /* shift-plus  on keypad */
+#define SHF_PADMINUS  0x216  /* shift-minus on keypad */
+#define SHF_UP        0x217  /* shift-up on keypad */
+#define SHF_DOWN      0x218  /* shift-down on keypad */
+#define SHF_IC        0x219  /* shift-insert on keypad */
+#define SHF_DC        0x21a  /* shift-delete on keypad */
+
+#define KEY_MOUSE     0x21b  /* "mouse" key */
+#define KEY_SHIFT_L   0x21c  /* Left-shift */
+#define KEY_SHIFT_R   0x21d  /* Right-shift */
+#define KEY_CONTROL_L 0x21e  /* Left-control */
+#define KEY_CONTROL_R 0x21f  /* Right-control */
+#define KEY_ALT_L     0x220  /* Left-alt */
+#define KEY_ALT_R     0x221  /* Right-alt */
+#define KEY_RESIZE    0x222  /* Window resize */
+#define KEY_SUP       0x223  /* Shifted up arrow */
+#define KEY_SDOWN     0x224  /* Shifted down arrow */
+
+#define KEY_MIN       KEY_BREAK      /* Minimum curses key value */
+#define KEY_MAX       KEY_SDOWN      /* Maximum curses key */
+
+#define KEY_F(n)      (KEY_F0 + (n))
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ *  Functions
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Standard */
+
+PDCEX  int     addch(const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     addchnstr(const chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     addchstr(const chtype *);
+PDCEX  int     addnstr(const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     addstr(const char *);
+PDCEX  int     attroff(chtype);
+PDCEX  int     attron(chtype);
+PDCEX  int     attrset(chtype);
+PDCEX  int     attr_get(attr_t *, short *, void *);
+PDCEX  int     attr_off(attr_t, void *);
+PDCEX  int     attr_on(attr_t, void *);
+PDCEX  int     attr_set(attr_t, short, void *);
+PDCEX  int     baudrate(void);
+PDCEX  int     beep(void);
+PDCEX  int     bkgd(chtype);
+PDCEX  void    bkgdset(chtype);
+PDCEX  int     border(chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype,
+                      chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype);
+PDCEX  bool    can_change_color(void);
+PDCEX  int     cbreak(void);
+PDCEX  int     chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+PDCEX  int     clearok(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  int     clear(void);
+PDCEX  int     clrtobot(void);
+PDCEX  int     clrtoeol(void);
+PDCEX  int     color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
+PDCEX  int     color_set(short, void *);
+PDCEX  int     copywin(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *, int, int, int,
+                       int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     curs_set(int);
+PDCEX  int     def_prog_mode(void);
+PDCEX  int     def_shell_mode(void);
+PDCEX  int     delay_output(int);
+PDCEX  int     delch(void);
+PDCEX  int     deleteln(void);
+PDCEX  void    delscreen(SCREEN *);
+PDCEX  int     delwin(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     doupdate(void);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     echochar(const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     echo(void);
+PDCEX  int     endwin(void);
+PDCEX  char    erasechar(void);
+PDCEX  int     erase(void);
+PDCEX  void    filter(void);
+PDCEX  int     flash(void);
+PDCEX  int     flushinp(void);
+PDCEX  chtype  getbkgd(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getnstr(char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     getstr(char *);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *getwin(FILE *);
+PDCEX  int     halfdelay(int);
+PDCEX  bool    has_colors(void);
+PDCEX  bool    has_ic(void);
+PDCEX  bool    has_il(void);
+PDCEX  int     hline(chtype, int);
+PDCEX  void    idcok(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  int     idlok(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  void    immedok(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  int     inchnstr(chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     inchstr(chtype *);
+PDCEX  chtype  inch(void);
+PDCEX  int     init_color(short, short, short, short);
+PDCEX  int     init_pair(short, short, short);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *initscr(void);
+PDCEX  int     innstr(char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     insch(chtype);
+PDCEX  int     insdelln(int);
+PDCEX  int     insertln(void);
+PDCEX  int     insnstr(const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     insstr(const char *);
+PDCEX  int     instr(char *);
+PDCEX  int     intrflush(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  bool    isendwin(void);
+PDCEX  bool    is_linetouched(WINDOW *, int);
+PDCEX  bool    is_wintouched(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  char   *keyname(int);
+PDCEX  int     keypad(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  char    killchar(void);
+PDCEX  int     leaveok(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  char   *longname(void);
+PDCEX  int     meta(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  int     move(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddch(int, int, const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddstr(int, int, const char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+PDCEX  int     mvcur(int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvdelch(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvgetch(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvgetstr(int, int, char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvhline(int, int, chtype, int);
+PDCEX  chtype  mvinch(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *);
+PDCEX  int     mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvinsch(int, int, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvinsstr(int, int, const char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvinstr(int, int, char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvprintw(int, int, const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     mvscanw(int, int, const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     mvvline(int, int, chtype, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *);
+PDCEX  chtype  mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwprintw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     mvwscanw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     mvwvline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
+PDCEX  int     napms(int);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *newpad(int, int);
+PDCEX  SCREEN *newterm(const char *, FILE *, FILE *);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *newwin(int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     nl(void);
+PDCEX  int     nocbreak(void);
+PDCEX  int     nodelay(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  int     noecho(void);
+PDCEX  int     nonl(void);
+PDCEX  void    noqiflush(void);
+PDCEX  int     noraw(void);
+PDCEX  int     notimeout(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  int     overlay(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     overwrite(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     pair_content(short, short *, short *);
+PDCEX  int     pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     prefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     printw(const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *);
+PDCEX  void    qiflush(void);
+PDCEX  int     raw(void);
+PDCEX  int     redrawwin(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     refresh(void);
+PDCEX  int     reset_prog_mode(void);
+PDCEX  int     reset_shell_mode(void);
+PDCEX  int     resetty(void);
+PDCEX  int     ripoffline(int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));
+PDCEX  int     savetty(void);
+PDCEX  int     scanw(const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     scr_dump(const char *);
+PDCEX  int     scr_init(const char *);
+PDCEX  int     scr_restore(const char *);
+PDCEX  int     scr_set(const char *);
+PDCEX  int     scrl(int);
+PDCEX  int     scroll(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     scrollok(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *);
+PDCEX  int     setscrreg(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     slk_attroff(const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     slk_attr_off(const attr_t, void *);
+PDCEX  int     slk_attron(const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     slk_attr_on(const attr_t, void *);
+PDCEX  int     slk_attrset(const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     slk_attr_set(const attr_t, short, void *);
+PDCEX  int     slk_clear(void);
+PDCEX  int     slk_color(short);
+PDCEX  int     slk_init(int);
+PDCEX  char   *slk_label(int);
+PDCEX  int     slk_noutrefresh(void);
+PDCEX  int     slk_refresh(void);
+PDCEX  int     slk_restore(void);
+PDCEX  int     slk_set(int, const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     slk_touch(void);
+PDCEX  int     standend(void);
+PDCEX  int     standout(void);
+PDCEX  int     start_color(void);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     syncok(WINDOW *, bool);
+PDCEX  chtype  termattrs(void);
+PDCEX  attr_t  term_attrs(void);
+PDCEX  char   *termname(void);
+PDCEX  void    timeout(int);
+PDCEX  int     touchline(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     touchwin(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     typeahead(int);
+PDCEX  int     untouchwin(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  void    use_env(bool);
+PDCEX  int     vidattr(chtype);
+PDCEX  int     vid_attr(attr_t, short, void *);
+PDCEX  int     vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int));
+PDCEX  int     vid_puts(attr_t, short, void *, int (*)(int));
+PDCEX  int     vline(chtype, int);
+PDCEX  int     vw_printw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+PDCEX  int     vwprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+PDCEX  int     vw_scanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+PDCEX  int     vwscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
+PDCEX  int     waddchnstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     waddchstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *);
+PDCEX  int     waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     waddnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     waddstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
+PDCEX  int     wattroff(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     wattron(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     wattrset(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     wattr_get(WINDOW *, attr_t *, short *, void *);
+PDCEX  int     wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
+PDCEX  int     wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
+PDCEX  int     wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t, short, void *);
+PDCEX  void    wbkgdset(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     wbkgd(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     wborder(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype,
+                       chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
+PDCEX  int     wclear(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wclrtobot(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wclrtoeol(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wcolor_set(WINDOW *, short, void *);
+PDCEX  void    wcursyncup(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wdelch(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wdeleteln(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype);
+PDCEX  int     werase(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wgetch(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wgetnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *);
+PDCEX  int     whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
+PDCEX  int     winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int);
+PDCEX  int     winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *);
+PDCEX  chtype  winch(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     winsch(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     winsdelln(WINDOW *, int);
+PDCEX  int     winsertln(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
+PDCEX  int     winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
+PDCEX  int     winstr(WINDOW *, char *);
+PDCEX  int     wmove(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     wredrawln(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     wrefresh(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  int     wscrl(WINDOW *, int);
+PDCEX  int     wsetscrreg(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     wstandend(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wstandout(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  void    wsyncdown(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  void    wsyncup(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  void    wtimeout(WINDOW *, int);
+PDCEX  int     wtouchln(WINDOW *, int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     wvline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
+
+/* Wide-character functions */
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+PDCEX  int     addnwstr(const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     addwstr(const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     add_wch(const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     add_wchstr(const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     bkgrnd(const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  void    bkgrndset(const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     border_set(const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+                          const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+                          const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     box_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     echo_wchar(const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     erasewchar(wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     getbkgrnd(cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     getcchar(const cchar_t *, wchar_t *, attr_t *, short *, void *);
+PDCEX  int     getn_wstr(wint_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     get_wch(wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     get_wstr(wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     hline_set(const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     innwstr(wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     ins_wch(const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     ins_wstr(const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     inwstr(wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     in_wch(cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     in_wchnstr(cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     in_wchstr(cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  char   *key_name(wchar_t);
+PDCEX  int     killwchar(wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddnwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvadd_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvadd_wchnstr(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvadd_wchstr(int, int, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvgetn_wstr(int, int, wint_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvget_wch(int, int, wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvget_wstr(int, int, wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvhline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvinnwstr(int, int, wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvins_nwstr(int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvins_wch(int, int, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvins_wstr(int, int, const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvinwstr(int, int, wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvin_wch(int, int, cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvin_wchnstr(int, int, cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvin_wchstr(int, int, cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvvline_set(int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwget_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwhline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwins_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwin_wch(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinwstr(WINDOW *, int, int, wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     mvwvline_set(WINDOW *, int, int, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     pecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t*);
+PDCEX  int     setcchar(cchar_t*, const wchar_t*, const attr_t,
+                        short, const void*);
+PDCEX  int     slk_wset(int, const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     unget_wch(const wchar_t);
+PDCEX  int     vline_set(const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     waddnwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     waddwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wadd_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wbkgrnd(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  void    wbkgrndset(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wborder_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+                           const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *,
+                           const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wecho_wchar(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     wget_wch(WINDOW *, wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wget_wstr(WINDOW *, wint_t *);
+PDCEX  int     whline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     winnwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     wins_nwstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     wins_wch(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wins_wstr(WINDOW *, const wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     winwstr(WINDOW *, wchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     win_wch(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     win_wchnstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *, int);
+PDCEX  int     win_wchstr(WINDOW *, cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *);
+PDCEX  int     wvline_set(WINDOW *, const cchar_t *, int);
+#endif
+
+/* Quasi-standard */
+
+PDCEX  chtype  getattrs(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getbegx(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getbegy(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getmaxx(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getmaxy(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getparx(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getpary(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getcurx(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     getcury(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  void    traceoff(void);
+PDCEX  void    traceon(void);
+PDCEX  char   *unctrl(chtype);
+
+PDCEX  int     crmode(void);
+PDCEX  int     nocrmode(void);
+PDCEX  int     draino(int);
+PDCEX  int     resetterm(void);
+PDCEX  int     fixterm(void);
+PDCEX  int     saveterm(void);
+PDCEX  void    setsyx(int, int);
+
+PDCEX  int     mouse_set(mmask_t);
+PDCEX  int     mouse_on(mmask_t);
+PDCEX  int     mouse_off(mmask_t);
+PDCEX  int     request_mouse_pos(void);
+PDCEX  void    wmouse_position(WINDOW *, int *, int *);
+PDCEX  mmask_t getmouse(void);
+
+/* ncurses */
+
+PDCEX  int     alloc_pair(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     assume_default_colors(int, int);
+PDCEX  const char *curses_version(void);
+PDCEX  int     find_pair(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     free_pair(int);
+PDCEX  bool    has_key(int);
+PDCEX  bool    is_keypad(const WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  bool    is_leaveok(const WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  bool    is_pad(const WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     set_tabsize(int);
+PDCEX  int     use_default_colors(void);
+PDCEX  int     wresize(WINDOW *, int, int);
+
+PDCEX  bool    has_mouse(void);
+PDCEX  int     mouseinterval(int);
+PDCEX  mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t, mmask_t *);
+PDCEX  bool    mouse_trafo(int *, int *, bool);
+PDCEX  int     nc_getmouse(MEVENT *);
+PDCEX  int     ungetmouse(MEVENT *);
+PDCEX  bool    wenclose(const WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  bool    wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *, int *, int *, bool);
+
+/* PDCurses */
+
+PDCEX  int     addrawch(chtype);
+PDCEX  int     insrawch(chtype);
+PDCEX  bool    is_termresized(void);
+PDCEX  int     mvaddrawch(int, int, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     mvdeleteln(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvinsertln(int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvinsrawch(int, int, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinsertln(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     raw_output(bool);
+PDCEX  int     resize_term(int, int);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     waddrawch(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  int     winsrawch(WINDOW *, chtype);
+PDCEX  char    wordchar(void);
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+PDCEX  wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int);
+#endif
+
+PDCEX  void    PDC_debug(const char *, ...);
+PDCEX  void    PDC_get_version(PDC_VERSION *);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_ungetch(int);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_set_blink(bool);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_set_bold(bool);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_set_line_color(short);
+PDCEX  void    PDC_set_title(const char *);
+
+PDCEX  int     PDC_clearclipboard(void);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_freeclipboard(char *);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_getclipboard(char **, long *);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_setclipboard(const char *, long);
+
+PDCEX  unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void);
+PDCEX  int     PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool);
+
+#ifdef XCURSES
+PDCEX  WINDOW *Xinitscr(int, char **);
+PDCEX  void    XCursesExit(void);
+PDCEX  int     sb_init(void);
+PDCEX  int     sb_set_horz(int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     sb_set_vert(int, int, int);
+PDCEX  int     sb_get_horz(int *, int *, int *);
+PDCEX  int     sb_get_vert(int *, int *, int *);
+PDCEX  int     sb_refresh(void);
+#endif
+
+/* NetBSD */
+
+PDCEX  int     touchoverlap(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     underend(void);
+PDCEX  int     underscore(void);
+PDCEX  int     wunderend(WINDOW *);
+PDCEX  int     wunderscore(WINDOW *);
+
+/*** Functions defined as macros ***/
+
+/* getch() and ungetch() conflict with some DOS libraries */
+
+#define getch()            wgetch(stdscr)
+#define ungetch(ch)        PDC_ungetch(ch)
+
+#define COLOR_PAIR(n)      (((chtype)(n) << PDC_COLOR_SHIFT) & A_COLOR)
+#define PAIR_NUMBER(n)     (((n) & A_COLOR) >> PDC_COLOR_SHIFT)
+
+/* These will _only_ work as macros */
+
+#define getbegyx(w, y, x)  (y = getbegy(w), x = getbegx(w))
+#define getmaxyx(w, y, x)  (y = getmaxy(w), x = getmaxx(w))
+#define getparyx(w, y, x)  (y = getpary(w), x = getparx(w))
+#define getyx(w, y, x)     (y = getcury(w), x = getcurx(w))
+
+#define getsyx(y, x)       { if (curscr->_leaveit) (y)=(x)=-1; \
+                             else getyx(curscr,(y),(x)); }
+
+#ifdef NCURSES_MOUSE_VERSION
+# define getmouse(x) nc_getmouse(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Deprecated */
+
+#define PDC_save_key_modifiers(x)  (OK)
+#define PDC_get_input_fd()         0
+
+/* return codes from PDC_getclipboard() and PDC_setclipboard() calls */
+
+#define PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS         0
+#define PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR    1
+#define PDC_CLIP_EMPTY           2
+#define PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR    3
+
+/* PDCurses key modifier masks */
+
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT   1
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL 2
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT     4
+#define PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK 8
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+# ifndef PDC_PP98
+#  undef bool
+# endif
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* __PDCURSES__ */

Utilities/cmpdcurses/curspriv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* Private definitions and declarations for use within PDCurses.
+   These should generally not be referenced by applications. */
+
+#ifndef __CURSES_INTERNALS__
+#define __CURSES_INTERNALS__ 1
+
+#define CURSES_LIBRARY
+#include <curses.h>
+
+#if defined(__TURBOC__) || defined(__EMX__) || defined(__DJGPP__) || \
+    defined(PDC_99) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
+# ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
+#  define HAVE_VSSCANF       /* have vsscanf() */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(PDC_99) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
+# ifndef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+#  define HAVE_VSNPRINTF     /* have vsnprintf() */
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+typedef struct           /* structure for ripped off lines */
+{
+    int line;
+    int (*init)(WINDOW *, int);
+} RIPPEDOFFLINE;
+
+/* Window properties */
+
+#define _SUBWIN    0x01  /* window is a subwindow */
+#define _PAD       0x10  /* X/Open Pad. */
+#define _SUBPAD    0x20  /* X/Open subpad. */
+
+/* Miscellaneous */
+
+#define _NO_CHANGE -1    /* flags line edge unchanged */
+
+#define _ECHAR     0x08  /* Erase char       (^H) */
+#define _DWCHAR    0x17  /* Delete Word char (^W) */
+#define _DLCHAR    0x15  /* Delete Line char (^U) */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Platform implementation functions */
+
+void    PDC_beep(void);
+bool    PDC_can_change_color(void);
+int     PDC_color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
+bool    PDC_check_key(void);
+int     PDC_curs_set(int);
+void    PDC_doupdate(void);
+void    PDC_flushinp(void);
+int     PDC_get_columns(void);
+int     PDC_get_cursor_mode(void);
+int     PDC_get_key(void);
+int     PDC_get_rows(void);
+void    PDC_gotoyx(int, int);
+bool    PDC_has_mouse(void);
+int     PDC_init_color(short, short, short, short);
+int     PDC_modifiers_set(void);
+int     PDC_mouse_set(void);
+void    PDC_napms(int);
+void    PDC_reset_prog_mode(void);
+void    PDC_reset_shell_mode(void);
+int     PDC_resize_screen(int, int);
+void    PDC_restore_screen_mode(int);
+void    PDC_save_screen_mode(int);
+#ifdef XCURSES
+void    PDC_set_args(int, char **);
+#endif
+void    PDC_scr_close(void);
+void    PDC_scr_free(void);
+int     PDC_scr_open(void);
+void    PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool);
+void    PDC_transform_line(int, int, int, const chtype *);
+const char *PDC_sysname(void);
+
+/* Internal cross-module functions */
+
+void    PDC_init_atrtab(void);
+WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *);
+WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int, int, int, int);
+int     PDC_mouse_in_slk(int, int);
+void    PDC_slk_free(void);
+void    PDC_slk_initialize(void);
+void    PDC_sync(WINDOW *);
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int     PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
+size_t  PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t);
+size_t  PDC_wcstombs(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PDCDEBUG
+# define PDC_LOG(x) if (SP && SP->dbfp) PDC_debug x
+#else
+# define PDC_LOG(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Internal macros for attributes */
+
+#ifndef max
+# define max(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+#ifndef min
+# define min(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+#endif
+
+#define DIVROUND(num, divisor) ((num) + ((divisor) >> 1)) / (divisor)
+
+#define PDC_CLICK_PERIOD 150  /* time to wait for a click, if
+                                 not set by mouseinterval() */
+#define PDC_COLOR_PAIRS  256
+#define PDC_MAXCOL       768  /* maximum possible COLORS; may be less */
+
+#define _INBUFSIZ        512  /* size of terminal input buffer */
+#define NUNGETCH         256  /* max # chars to ungetch() */
+
+#endif /* __CURSES_INTERNALS__ */

Utilities/cmpdcurses/panel.h

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                         Panels for PDCurses                          *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__
+#define __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ 1
+
+#include <curses.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+typedef struct panelobs
+{
+    struct panelobs *above;
+    struct panel *pan;
+} PANELOBS;
+
+typedef struct panel
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+    int wstarty;
+    int wendy;
+    int wstartx;
+    int wendx;
+    struct panel *below;
+    struct panel *above;
+    const void *user;
+    struct panelobs *obscure;
+} PANEL;
+
+PDCEX  int     bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  int     del_panel(PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  int     hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  int     move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
+PDCEX  PANEL  *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
+PDCEX  PANEL  *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  PANEL  *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  int     panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  int     replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
+PDCEX  int     set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
+PDCEX  int     show_panel(PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  int     top_panel(PANEL *pan);
+PDCEX  void    update_panels(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __PDCURSES_PANEL_H__ */

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+PDCurses Portable Core
+======================
+
+This directory contains core PDCurses source code files common to all
+platforms.
+
+
+Building
+--------
+
+These modules are built by the platform-specific makefiles, in the
+platform directories.
+
+
+Distribution Status
+-------------------
+
+The files in this directory are released to the public domain.
+
+
+Acknowledgements
+----------------
+
+The panel library was originally provided by
+Warren Tucker <[email protected]>

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/addch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+addch
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int addch(const chtype ch);
+    int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+    int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch);
+    int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch);
+    int echochar(const chtype ch);
+    int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch);
+
+    int addrawch(chtype ch);
+    int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+    int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+    int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+    int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
+    int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch);
+    int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+
+### Description
+
+   addch() adds the chtype ch to the default window (stdscr) at the
+   current cursor position, and advances the cursor. Note that chtypes
+   can convey both text (a single character) and attributes, including a
+   color pair. add_wch() is the wide-character version of this function,
+   taking a pointer to a cchar_t instead of a chtype.
+
+   waddch() is like addch(), but also lets you specify the window. (This
+   is in fact the core output routine.) wadd_wch() is the wide version.
+
+   mvaddch() moves the cursor to the specified (y, x) position, and adds
+   ch to stdscr. mvadd_wch() is the wide version.
+
+   mvwaddch() moves the cursor to the specified position and adds ch to
+   the specified window. mvwadd_wch() is the wide version.
+
+   echochar() adds ch to stdscr at the current cursor position and calls
+   refresh(). echo_wchar() is the wide version.
+
+   wechochar() adds ch to the specified window and calls wrefresh().
+   wecho_wchar() is the wide version.
+
+   addrawch(), waddrawch(), mvaddrawch() and mvwaddrawch() are PDCurses-
+   specific wrappers for addch() etc. that disable the translation of
+   control characters.
+
+   The following applies to all these functions:
+
+   If the cursor moves on to the right margin, an automatic newline is
+   performed. If scrollok is enabled, and a character is added to the
+   bottom right corner of the window, the scrolling region will be
+   scrolled up one line. If scrolling is not allowed, ERR will be
+   returned.
+
+   If ch is a tab, newline, or backspace, the cursor will be moved
+   appropriately within the window. If ch is a newline, the clrtoeol
+   routine is called before the cursor is moved to the beginning of the
+   next line. If newline mapping is off, the cursor will be moved to
+   the next line, but the x coordinate will be unchanged. If ch is a
+   tab the cursor is moved to the next tab position within the window.
+   If ch is another control character, it will be drawn in the ^X
+   notation. Calling the inch() routine after adding a control
+   character returns the representation of the control character, not
+   the control character.
+
+   Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them into
+   the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied from one
+   place to another by using inch() and addch().
+
+   Note that in PDCurses, for now, a cchar_t and a chtype are the same.
+   The text field is 16 bits wide, and is treated as Unicode (UCS-2)
+   when PDCurses is built with wide-character support (define PDC_WIDE).
+   So, in functions that take a chtype, like addch(), both the wide and
+   narrow versions will handle Unicode. But for portability, you should
+   use the wide functions.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    addch                       Y       Y       Y
+    waddch                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvaddch                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwaddch                    Y       Y       Y
+    echochar                    Y       Y       Y
+    wechochar                   Y       Y       Y
+    add_wch                     Y       Y       Y
+    wadd_wch                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvadd_wch                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwadd_wch                  Y       Y       Y
+    echo_wchar                  Y       Y       Y
+    wecho_wchar                 Y       Y       Y
+    addrawch                    -       -       -
+    waddrawch                   -       -       -
+    mvaddrawch                  -       -       -
+    mvwaddrawch                 -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int waddch(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
+{
+    int x, y;
+    chtype text, attr;
+    bool xlat;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("waddch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
+             win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+    if (!win || !SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    x = win->_curx;
+    y = win->_cury;
+
+    if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
+        return ERR;
+
+    xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
+    text = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
+    attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+
+    if (xlat && (text < ' ' || text == 0x7f))
+    {
+        int x2;
+
+        switch (text)
+        {
+        case '\t':
+            for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
+            {
+                if (waddch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
+                    return ERR;
+
+                /* if tab to next line, exit the loop */
+
+                if (!win->_curx)
+                    break;
+            }
+            return OK;
+
+        case '\n':
+            /* if lf -> crlf */
+
+            if (!SP->raw_out)
+                x = 0;
+
+            wclrtoeol(win);
+
+            if (++y > win->_bmarg)
+            {
+                y--;
+
+                if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
+                    return ERR;
+            }
+
+            break;
+
+        case '\b':
+            /* don't back over left margin */
+
+            if (--x < 0)
+        case '\r':
+                x = 0;
+
+            break;
+
+        case 0x7f:
+            if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
+                return ERR;
+
+            return waddch(win, attr | '?');
+
+        default:
+            /* handle control chars */
+
+            if (waddch(win, attr | '^') == ERR)
+                return ERR;
+
+            return waddch(win, ch + '@');
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
+           then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
+           attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
+           the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
+           component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
+           character. */
+
+        if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+            attr |= win->_attrs;
+
+        /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
+           background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
+           attributes are not there and that the background character
+           will only print if the printing character is blank. */
+
+        if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+            attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+        else
+            attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+        if (text == ' ')
+            text = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+        /* Add the attribute back into the character. */
+
+        text |= attr;
+
+        /* Only change _firstch/_lastch if the character to be added is
+           different from the character/attribute that is already in
+           that position in the window. */
+
+        if (win->_y[y][x] != text)
+        {
+            if (win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
+                win->_firstch[y] = win->_lastch[y] = x;
+            else
+                if (x < win->_firstch[y])
+                    win->_firstch[y] = x;
+                else
+                    if (x > win->_lastch[y])
+                        win->_lastch[y] = x;
+
+            win->_y[y][x] = text;
+        }
+
+        if (++x >= win->_maxx)
+        {
+            /* wrap around test */
+
+            x = 0;
+
+            if (++y > win->_bmarg)
+            {
+                y--;
+
+                if (wscrl(win, 1) == ERR)
+                {
+                    PDC_sync(win);
+                    return ERR;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    win->_curx = x;
+    win->_cury = y;
+
+    if (win->_immed)
+        wrefresh(win);
+    if (win->_sync)
+        wsyncup(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int addch(const chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
+
+    return waddch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvaddch(int y, int x, const chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%x\n", y, x, ch));
+
+    if (move(y,x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwaddch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", win, y, x, ch));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int echochar(const chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("echochar() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
+
+    return wechochar(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int wechochar(WINDOW *win, const chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wechochar() - called: win=%p ch=%x\n", win, ch));
+
+    if (waddch(win, ch) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wrefresh(win);
+}
+
+int waddrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("waddrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
+             win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+    if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
+        ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
+
+    return waddch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int addrawch(chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addrawch() - called: ch=%x\n", ch));
+
+    return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvaddrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddrawch() - called: y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n", y, x, ch));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwaddrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddrawch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d ch=%d\n",
+             win, y, x, ch));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddrawch(win, ch);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wadd_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wadd_wch() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
+
+    return wch ? waddch(win, *wch) : ERR;
+}
+
+int add_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("add_wch() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
+
+    return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvadd_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddch() - called: y=%d x=%d wch=%x\n", y, x, *wch));
+
+    if (move(y,x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wadd_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvwadd_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddch() - called: win=%p y=%d x=%d wch=%d\n",
+             win, y, x, *wch));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wadd_wch(win, wch);
+}
+
+int echo_wchar(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("echo_wchar() - called: wch=%x\n", *wch));
+
+    return wecho_wchar(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int wecho_wchar(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wecho_wchar() - called: win=%p wch=%x\n", win, *wch));
+
+    if (!wch || (wadd_wch(win, wch) == ERR))
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wrefresh(win);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/addchstr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+addchstr
+--------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int addchstr(const chtype *ch);
+    int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n);
+    int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch);
+    int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n);
+    int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
+    int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
+    int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch);
+    int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n);
+
+    int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch);
+    int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch,
+                       int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   These routines write a chtype or cchar_t string directly into the
+   window structure, starting at the current or specified position. The
+   four routines with n as the last argument copy at most n elements,
+   but no more than will fit on the line. If n == -1 then the whole
+   string is copied, up to the maximum number that will fit on the line.
+
+   The cursor position is not advanced. These routines do not check for
+   newline or other special characters, nor does any line wrapping
+   occur.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK or ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    addchstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    waddchstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvaddchstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvwaddchstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    addchnstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    waddchnstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvaddchnstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvwaddchnstr                Y       Y       Y
+    add_wchstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    wadd_wchstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvadd_wchstr                Y       Y       Y
+    mvwadd_wchstr               Y       Y       Y
+    add_wchnstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    wadd_wchnstr                Y       Y       Y
+    mvadd_wchnstr               Y       Y       Y
+    mvwadd_wchnstr              Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int waddchnstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    int y, x, maxx, minx;
+    chtype *ptr;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("waddchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
+
+    if (!win || !ch || !n || n < -1)
+        return ERR;
+
+    x = win->_curx;
+    y = win->_cury;
+    ptr = &(win->_y[y][x]);
+
+    if (n == -1 || n > win->_maxx - x)
+        n = win->_maxx - x;
+
+    minx = win->_firstch[y];
+    maxx = win->_lastch[y];
+
+    for (; n && *ch; n--, x++, ptr++, ch++)
+    {
+        if (*ptr != *ch)
+        {
+            if (x < minx || minx == _NO_CHANGE)
+                minx = x;
+
+            if (x > maxx)
+                maxx = x;
+
+            PDC_LOG(("y %d x %d minx %d maxx %d *ptr %x *ch"
+                     " %x firstch: %d lastch: %d\n",
+                     y, x, minx, maxx, *ptr, *ch,
+                     win->_firstch[y], win->_lastch[y]));
+
+            *ptr = *ch;
+        }
+    }
+
+    win->_firstch[y] = minx;
+    win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int addchstr(const chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addchstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int addchnstr(const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int waddchstr(WINDOW *win, const chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("waddchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+    return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddchstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddchnstr(int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddchnstr(win, ch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddchnstr(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchnstr() - called: win=%p n=%d\n", win, n));
+
+    return waddchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+
+int add_wchstr(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("add_wchstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int add_wchnstr(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("add_wchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int wadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wadd_wchstr() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+    return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvadd_wchstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvadd_wchnstr(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wadd_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwadd_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwadd_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwadd_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wadd_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/addstr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+addstr
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int addstr(const char *str);
+    int addnstr(const char *str, int n);
+    int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+    int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+    int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+    int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+    int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+    int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+
+    int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   These routines write all the characters of the null-terminated string
+   str or wide-character string wstr to the given window. The
+   functionality is similar to calling waddch() once for each character
+   in the string; except that, when PDCurses is built with wide-
+   character support enabled, the narrow-character functions treat the
+   string as a multibyte string in the current locale, and convert it.
+   The routines with n as the last argument write at most n characters;
+   if n is negative, then the entire string will be added.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK or ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    addstr                      Y       Y       Y
+    waddstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvaddstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwaddstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    addnstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    waddnstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvaddnstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwaddnstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    addwstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    waddwstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvaddwstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwaddwstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    addnwstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    waddnwstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvaddnwstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvwaddnwstr                 Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int waddnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
+{
+    int i = 0;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("waddnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+    if (!win || !str)
+        return ERR;
+
+    while (str[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
+    {
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+        wchar_t wch;
+        int retval = PDC_mbtowc(&wch, str + i, n >= 0 ? n - i : 6);
+
+        if (retval <= 0)
+            return OK;
+
+        i += retval;
+#else
+        chtype wch = (unsigned char)(str[i++]);
+#endif
+        if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
+            return ERR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int addstr(const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+    return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int addnstr(const char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+    return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int waddstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("waddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+    return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+             y, x, str, n));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+             y, x, str, n));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int waddnwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    int i = 0;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("waddnwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !wstr)
+        return ERR;
+
+    while (wstr[i] && (i < n || n < 0))
+    {
+        chtype wch = wstr[i++];
+
+        if (waddch(win, wch) == ERR)
+            return ERR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int addwstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int addnwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("addnwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int waddwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("waddwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvaddnwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvaddnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwaddwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwaddnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwaddnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return waddnwstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/attr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+attr
+----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int attroff(chtype attrs);
+    int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
+    int attron(chtype attrs);
+    int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
+    int attrset(chtype attrs);
+    int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs);
+    int standend(void);
+    int wstandend(WINDOW *win);
+    int standout(void);
+    int wstandout(WINDOW *win);
+
+    int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts);
+    int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts);
+
+    int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts);
+    int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+    int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+    int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
+    int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair,
+                  void *opts);
+    int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+    int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+    int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair,
+                  void *opts);
+
+    int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts);
+    int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
+                const void *opts);
+    int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr,
+                 short color, const void *opts);
+    int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
+               const void *opts);
+
+    chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win);
+
+    int underend(void);
+    int wunderend(WINDOW *win);
+    int underscore(void);
+    int wunderscore(WINDOW *win);
+
+### Description
+
+   These functions manipulate the current attributes and/or colors of
+   the named window. These attributes can be any combination of
+   A_STANDOUT, A_REVERSE, A_BOLD, A_DIM, A_BLINK, A_UNDERLINE. These
+   constants are defined in <curses.h> and can be combined with the
+   bitwise-OR operator (|).
+
+   The current attributes of a window are applied to all chtypes that
+   are written into the window with waddch(). Attributes are a property
+   of the chtype, and move with the character through any scrolling or
+   insert/delete operations.
+
+   wattrset() sets the current attributes of the given window to attrs.
+   attrset() is the stdscr version.
+
+   wattroff() turns off the named attributes without affecting any other
+   attributes; wattron() turns them on.
+
+   wcolor_set() sets the window color to the value of color_pair. opts
+   is unused.
+
+   standout() is the same as attron(A_STANDOUT). standend() is the same
+   as attrset(A_NORMAL); that is, it turns off all attributes.
+
+   The attr_* and wattr_* functions are intended for use with the WA_*
+   attributes. In PDCurses, these are the same as A_*, and there is no
+   difference in bevahior from the chtype-based functions. In all cases,
+   opts is unused.
+
+   wattr_get() retrieves the attributes and color pair for the specified
+   window.
+
+   wchgat() sets the color pair and attributes for the next n cells on
+   the current line of a given window, without changing the existing
+   text, or alterting the window's attributes. An n of -1 extends the
+   change to the edge of the window. The changes take effect
+   immediately. opts is unused.
+
+   wunderscore() turns on the A_UNDERLINE attribute; wunderend() turns
+   it off. underscore() and underend() are the stdscr versions.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    attroff                     Y       Y       Y
+    wattroff                    Y       Y       Y
+    attron                      Y       Y       Y
+    wattron                     Y       Y       Y
+    attrset                     Y       Y       Y
+    wattrset                    Y       Y       Y
+    standend                    Y       Y       Y
+    wstandend                   Y       Y       Y
+    standout                    Y       Y       Y
+    wstandout                   Y       Y       Y
+    color_set                   Y       Y       Y
+    wcolor_set                  Y       Y       Y
+    attr_get                    Y       Y       Y
+    wattr_get                   Y       Y       Y
+    attr_on                     Y       Y       Y
+    wattr_on                    Y       Y       Y
+    attr_off                    Y       Y       Y
+    wattr_off                   Y       Y       Y
+    attr_set                    Y       Y       Y
+    wattr_set                   Y       Y       Y
+    chgat                       Y       Y       Y
+    wchgat                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvchgat                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwchgat                    Y       Y       Y
+    getattrs                    -       Y       Y
+    underend                    -       -       Y
+    wunderend                   -       -       Y
+    underscore                  -       -       Y
+    wunderscore                 -       -       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wattroff(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wattroff() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_attrs &= (~attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int attroff(chtype attrs)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("attroff() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattron(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
+{
+    chtype newcolr, oldcolr, newattr, oldattr;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wattron() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if ((win->_attrs & A_COLOR) && (attrs & A_COLOR))
+    {
+        oldcolr = win->_attrs & A_COLOR;
+        oldattr = win->_attrs ^ oldcolr;
+        newcolr = attrs & A_COLOR;
+        newattr = (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
+        newattr |= oldattr;
+        win->_attrs = newattr | newcolr;
+    }
+    else
+        win->_attrs |= (attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int attron(chtype attrs)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("attron() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattrset(WINDOW *win, chtype attrs)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wattrset() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_attrs = attrs & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int attrset(chtype attrs)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("attrset() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattrset(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int standend(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("standend() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattrset(stdscr, A_NORMAL);
+}
+
+int standout(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("standout() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattrset(stdscr, A_STANDOUT);
+}
+
+int wstandend(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wstandend() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattrset(win, A_NORMAL);
+}
+
+int wstandout(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wstandout() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattrset(win, A_STANDOUT);
+}
+
+chtype getattrs(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    return win ? win->_attrs : 0;
+}
+
+int wcolor_set(WINDOW *win, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wcolor_set() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_attrs = (win->_attrs & ~A_COLOR) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int color_set(short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("color_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return wcolor_set(stdscr, color_pair, opts);
+}
+
+int wattr_get(WINDOW *win, attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wattr_get() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (attrs)
+        *attrs = win->_attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR);
+
+    if (color_pair)
+        *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(win->_attrs);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int attr_get(attr_t *attrs, short *color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattr_get(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
+}
+
+int wattr_off(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattroff(win, attrs);
+}
+
+int attr_off(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("attr_off() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattroff(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattr_on(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wattr_off() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattron(win, attrs);
+}
+
+int attr_on(attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("attr_on() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattron(stdscr, attrs);
+}
+
+int wattr_set(WINDOW *win, attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wattr_set() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_attrs = (attrs & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR)) | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int attr_set(attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("attr_get() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattr_set(stdscr, attrs, color_pair, opts);
+}
+
+int wchgat(WINDOW *win, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
+{
+    chtype *dest, newattr;
+    int startpos, endpos;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wchgat() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    newattr = (attr & A_ATTRIBUTES) | COLOR_PAIR(color);
+
+    startpos = win->_curx;
+    endpos = ((n < 0) ? win->_maxx : min(startpos + n, win->_maxx)) - 1;
+    dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
+
+    for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
+        dest[n] = (dest[n] & A_CHARTEXT) | newattr;
+
+    n = win->_cury;
+
+    if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
+        win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
+
+    if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
+        win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int chgat(int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("chgat() - called\n"));
+
+    return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
+}
+
+int mvchgat(int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color, const void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvchgat() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wchgat(stdscr, n, attr, color, opts);
+}
+
+int mvwchgat(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, int n, attr_t attr, short color,
+             const void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwchgat() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wchgat(win, n, attr, color, opts);
+}
+
+int underend(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("underend() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattroff(stdscr, A_UNDERLINE);
+}
+
+int wunderend(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wunderend() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattroff(win, A_UNDERLINE);
+}
+
+int underscore(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("underscore() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattron(stdscr, A_UNDERLINE);
+}
+
+int wunderscore(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wunderscore() - called\n"));
+
+    return wattron(win, A_UNDERLINE);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/beep.c

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+beep
+----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int beep(void);
+    int flash(void);
+
+### Description
+
+   beep() sounds the audible bell on the terminal, if possible; if not,
+   it calls flash().
+
+   flash() "flashes" the screen, by inverting the foreground and
+   background of every cell, pausing, and then restoring the original
+   attributes.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   These functions return ERR if called before initscr(), otherwise OK.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    beep                        Y       Y       Y
+    flash                       Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int beep(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("beep() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (SP->audible)
+        PDC_beep();
+    else
+        flash();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int flash(void)
+{
+    int z, y, x;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("flash() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!curscr)
+        return ERR;
+
+    /* Reverse each cell; wait; restore the screen */
+
+    for (z = 0; z < 2; z++)
+    {
+        for (y = 0; y < LINES; y++)
+            for (x = 0; x < COLS; x++)
+                curscr->_y[y][x] ^= A_REVERSE;
+
+        wrefresh(curscr);
+
+        if (!z)
+            napms(50);
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/bkgd.c

@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+bkgd
+----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int bkgd(chtype ch);
+    void bkgdset(chtype ch);
+    chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win);
+    int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+    void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+
+    int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch);
+    void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch);
+    int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch);
+    int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+    void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
+
+### Description
+
+   bkgdset() and wbkgdset() manipulate the background of a window. The
+   background is a chtype consisting of any combination of attributes
+   and a character; it is combined with each chtype added or inserted to
+   the window by waddch() or winsch(). Only the attribute part is used
+   to set the background of non-blank characters, while both character
+   and attributes are used for blank positions.
+
+   bkgd() and wbkgd() not only change the background, but apply it
+   immediately to every cell in the window.
+
+   wbkgrnd(), wbkgrndset() and wgetbkgrnd() are the "wide-character"
+   versions of these functions, taking a pointer to a cchar_t instead of
+   a chtype. However, in PDCurses, cchar_t and chtype are the same.
+
+   The attributes that are defined with the attrset()/attron() set of
+   functions take precedence over the background attributes if there is
+   a conflict (e.g., different color pairs).
+
+### Return Value
+
+   bkgd() and wbkgd() return OK, unless the window is NULL, in which
+   case they return ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    bkgd                        Y       Y       Y
+    bkgdset                     Y       Y       Y
+    getbkgd                     Y       Y       Y
+    wbkgd                       Y       Y       Y
+    wbkgdset                    Y       Y       Y
+    bkgrnd                      Y       Y       Y
+    bkgrndset                   Y       Y       Y
+    getbkgrnd                   Y       Y       Y
+    wbkgrnd                     Y       Y       Y
+    wbkgrndset                  Y       Y       Y
+    wgetbkgrnd                  Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wbkgd(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+    int x, y;
+    chtype oldcolr, oldch, newcolr, newch, colr, attr;
+    chtype oldattr = 0, newattr = 0;
+    chtype *winptr;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wbkgd() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (win->_bkgd == ch)
+        return OK;
+
+    oldcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
+    if (oldcolr)
+        oldattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ oldcolr;
+
+    oldch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+    wbkgdset(win, ch);
+
+    newcolr = win->_bkgd & A_COLOR;
+    if (newcolr)
+        newattr = (win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES) ^ newcolr;
+
+    newch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+    /* what follows is what seems to occur in the System V
+       implementation of this routine */
+
+    for (y = 0; y < win->_maxy; y++)
+    {
+        for (x = 0; x < win->_maxx; x++)
+        {
+            winptr = win->_y[y] + x;
+
+            ch = *winptr;
+
+            /* determine the colors and attributes of the character read
+               from the window */
+
+            colr = ch & A_COLOR;
+            attr = ch & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+            /* if the color is the same as the old background color,
+               then make it the new background color, otherwise leave it */
+
+            if (colr == oldcolr)
+                colr = newcolr;
+
+            /* remove any attributes (non color) from the character that
+               were part of the old background, then combine the
+               remaining ones with the new background */
+
+            attr ^= oldattr;
+            attr |= newattr;
+
+            /* change character if it is there because it was the old
+               background character */
+
+            ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
+            if (ch == oldch)
+                ch = newch;
+
+            ch |= (attr | colr);
+
+            *winptr = ch;
+
+        }
+    }
+
+    touchwin(win);
+    PDC_sync(win);
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int bkgd(chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("bkgd() - called\n"));
+
+    return wbkgd(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+void wbkgdset(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
+
+    if (win)
+    {
+        if (!(ch & A_CHARTEXT))
+            ch |= ' ';
+
+        win->_bkgd = ch;
+    }
+}
+
+void bkgdset(chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("bkgdset() - called\n"));
+
+    wbkgdset(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getbkgd() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_bkgd : (chtype)ERR;
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wbkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+    return wch ? wbkgd(win, *wch) : ERR;
+}
+
+int bkgrnd(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("bkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+    return wbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+void wbkgrndset(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wbkgdset() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wch)
+        wbkgdset(win, *wch);
+}
+
+void bkgrndset(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("bkgrndset() - called\n"));
+
+    wbkgrndset(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int wgetbkgrnd(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wgetbkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !wch)
+        return ERR;
+
+    *wch = win->_bkgd;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int getbkgrnd(cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getbkgrnd() - called\n"));
+
+    return wgetbkgrnd(stdscr, wch);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/border.c

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+border
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
+               chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
+    int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts,
+                chtype bs, chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br);
+    int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch);
+    int hline(chtype ch, int n);
+    int vline(chtype ch, int n);
+    int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+    int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n);
+    int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+    int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+    int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+    int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n);
+
+    int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+                   const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
+                   const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+                const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
+    int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+                    const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs,
+                    const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+                    const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br);
+    int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch);
+    int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   border(), wborder(), and box() draw a border around the edge of the
+   window. If any argument is zero, an appropriate default is used:
+
+    ls    left side of border             ACS_VLINE
+    rs    right side of border            ACS_VLINE
+    ts    top side of border              ACS_HLINE
+    bs    bottom side of border           ACS_HLINE
+    tl    top left corner of border       ACS_ULCORNER
+    tr    top right corner of border      ACS_URCORNER
+    bl    bottom left corner of border    ACS_LLCORNER
+    br    bottom right corner of border   ACS_LRCORNER
+
+   hline() and whline() draw a horizontal line, using ch, starting from
+   the current cursor position. The cursor position does not change. The
+   line is at most n characters long, or as many as will fit in the
+   window.
+
+   vline() and wvline() draw a vertical line, using ch, starting from
+   the current cursor position. The cursor position does not change. The
+   line is at most n characters long, or as many as will fit in the
+   window.
+
+   The *_set functions are the "wide-character" versions, taking
+   pointers to cchar_t instead of chtype. Note that in PDCurses, chtype
+   and cchar_t are the same.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   These functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    border                      Y       Y       Y
+    wborder                     Y       Y       Y
+    box                         Y       Y       Y
+    hline                       Y       Y       Y
+    vline                       Y       Y       Y
+    whline                      Y       Y       Y
+    wvline                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvhline                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvvline                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwhline                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwvline                    Y       Y       Y
+    border_set                  Y       Y       Y
+    wborder_set                 Y       Y       Y
+    box_set                     Y       Y       Y
+    hline_set                   Y       Y       Y
+    vline_set                   Y       Y       Y
+    whline_set                  Y       Y       Y
+    wvline_set                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvhline_set                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvvline_set                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvwhline_set                Y       Y       Y
+    mvwvline_set                Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+/* _attr_passthru() -- Takes a single chtype 'ch' and checks if the
+   current attribute of window 'win', as set by wattrset(), and/or the
+   current background of win, as set by wbkgd(), should by combined with
+   it. Attributes set explicitly in ch take precedence. */
+
+static chtype _attr_passthru(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+    chtype attr;
+
+    /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute, then
+       use the current attributes for the window. If the incoming
+       character has attributes, but not a color component, OR the
+       attributes to the current attributes for the window. If the
+       incoming character has a color component, use only the attributes
+       from the incoming character. */
+
+    attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+    if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+        attr |= win->_attrs;
+
+    /* wrs (4/10/93) -- Apply the same sort of logic for the window
+       background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
+       attributes are not there. */
+
+    if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+        attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+    else
+        attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+    ch = (ch & A_CHARTEXT) | attr;
+
+    return ch;
+}
+
+int wborder(WINDOW *win, chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs,
+            chtype tl, chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
+{
+    int i, ymax, xmax;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wborder() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    ymax = win->_maxy - 1;
+    xmax = win->_maxx - 1;
+
+    ls = _attr_passthru(win, ls ? ls : ACS_VLINE);
+    rs = _attr_passthru(win, rs ? rs : ACS_VLINE);
+    ts = _attr_passthru(win, ts ? ts : ACS_HLINE);
+    bs = _attr_passthru(win, bs ? bs : ACS_HLINE);
+    tl = _attr_passthru(win, tl ? tl : ACS_ULCORNER);
+    tr = _attr_passthru(win, tr ? tr : ACS_URCORNER);
+    bl = _attr_passthru(win, bl ? bl : ACS_LLCORNER);
+    br = _attr_passthru(win, br ? br : ACS_LRCORNER);
+
+    for (i = 1; i < xmax; i++)
+    {
+        win->_y[0][i] = ts;
+        win->_y[ymax][i] = bs;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 1; i < ymax; i++)
+    {
+        win->_y[i][0] = ls;
+        win->_y[i][xmax] = rs;
+    }
+
+    win->_y[0][0] = tl;
+    win->_y[0][xmax] = tr;
+    win->_y[ymax][0] = bl;
+    win->_y[ymax][xmax] = br;
+
+    for (i = 0; i <= ymax; i++)
+    {
+        win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+        win->_lastch[i] = xmax;
+    }
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int border(chtype ls, chtype rs, chtype ts, chtype bs, chtype tl,
+           chtype tr, chtype bl, chtype br)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("border() - called\n"));
+
+    return wborder(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
+}
+
+int box(WINDOW *win, chtype verch, chtype horch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("box() - called\n"));
+
+    return wborder(win, verch, verch, horch, horch, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+int whline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    chtype *dest;
+    int startpos, endpos;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("whline() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || n < 1)
+        return ERR;
+
+    startpos = win->_curx;
+    endpos = min(startpos + n, win->_maxx) - 1;
+    dest = win->_y[win->_cury];
+    ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_HLINE);
+
+    for (n = startpos; n <= endpos; n++)
+        dest[n] = ch;
+
+    n = win->_cury;
+
+    if (startpos < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
+        win->_firstch[n] = startpos;
+
+    if (endpos > win->_lastch[n])
+        win->_lastch[n] = endpos;
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int hline(chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("hline() - called\n"));
+
+    return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvhline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvhline() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return whline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwhline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwhline() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return whline(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+int wvline(WINDOW *win, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    int endpos, x;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wvline() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || n < 1)
+        return ERR;
+
+    endpos = min(win->_cury + n, win->_maxy);
+    x = win->_curx;
+
+    ch = _attr_passthru(win, ch ? ch : ACS_VLINE);
+
+    for (n = win->_cury; n < endpos; n++)
+    {
+        win->_y[n][x] = ch;
+
+        if (x < win->_firstch[n] || win->_firstch[n] == _NO_CHANGE)
+            win->_firstch[n] = x;
+
+        if (x > win->_lastch[n])
+            win->_lastch[n] = x;
+    }
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int vline(chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("vline() - called\n"));
+
+    return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvvline(int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvvline() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wvline(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwvline(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwvline() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wvline(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wborder_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs,
+                const cchar_t *ts, const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl,
+                const cchar_t *tr, const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wborder_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return wborder(win, ls ? *ls : 0, rs ? *rs : 0, ts ? *ts : 0,
+                        bs ? *bs : 0, tl ? *tl : 0, tr ? *tr : 0,
+                        bl ? *bl : 0, br ? *br : 0);
+}
+
+int border_set(const cchar_t *ls, const cchar_t *rs, const cchar_t *ts,
+               const cchar_t *bs, const cchar_t *tl, const cchar_t *tr,
+               const cchar_t *bl, const cchar_t *br)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("border_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return wborder_set(stdscr, ls, rs, ts, bs, tl, tr, bl, br);
+}
+
+int box_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *verch, const cchar_t *horch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("box_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return wborder_set(win, verch, verch, horch, horch,
+                       (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL,
+                       (const cchar_t *)NULL, (const cchar_t *)NULL);
+}
+
+int whline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("whline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return wch ? whline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
+}
+
+int hline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("hline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvhline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvhline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return whline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwhline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwhline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return whline_set(win, wch, n);
+}
+
+int wvline_set(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wvline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return wch ? wvline(win, *wch, n) : ERR;
+}
+
+int vline_set(const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("vline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvvline_set(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvvline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wvline_set(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwvline_set(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwvline_set() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wvline_set(win, wch, n);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/clear.c

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+clear
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int clear(void);
+    int wclear(WINDOW *win);
+    int erase(void);
+    int werase(WINDOW *win);
+    int clrtobot(void);
+    int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win);
+    int clrtoeol(void);
+    int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win);
+
+### Description
+
+   erase() and werase() copy blanks (i.e. the background chtype) to
+   every cell of the window.
+
+   clear() and wclear() are similar to erase() and werase(), but they
+   also call clearok() to ensure that the the window is cleared on the
+   next wrefresh().
+
+   clrtobot() and wclrtobot() clear the window from the current cursor
+   position to the end of the window.
+
+   clrtoeol() and wclrtoeol() clear the window from the current cursor
+   position to the end of the current line.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    clear                       Y       Y       Y
+    wclear                      Y       Y       Y
+    erase                       Y       Y       Y
+    werase                      Y       Y       Y
+    clrtobot                    Y       Y       Y
+    wclrtobot                   Y       Y       Y
+    clrtoeol                    Y       Y       Y
+    wclrtoeol                   Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int x, y, minx;
+    chtype blank, *ptr;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wclrtoeol() - called: Row: %d Col: %d\n",
+             win->_cury, win->_curx));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    y = win->_cury;
+    x = win->_curx;
+
+    /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+    blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+    for (minx = x, ptr = &win->_y[y][x]; minx < win->_maxx; minx++, ptr++)
+        *ptr = blank;
+
+    if (x < win->_firstch[y] || win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE)
+        win->_firstch[y] = x;
+
+    win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int clrtoeol(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("clrtoeol() - called\n"));
+
+    return wclrtoeol(stdscr);
+}
+
+int wclrtobot(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int savey, savex;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wclrtobot() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    savey = win->_cury;
+    savex = win->_curx;
+
+    /* should this involve scrolling region somehow ? */
+
+    if (win->_cury + 1 < win->_maxy)
+    {
+        win->_curx = 0;
+        win->_cury++;
+        for (; win->_maxy > win->_cury; win->_cury++)
+            wclrtoeol(win);
+        win->_cury = savey;
+        win->_curx = savex;
+    }
+    wclrtoeol(win);
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int clrtobot(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("clrtobot() - called\n"));
+
+    return wclrtobot(stdscr);
+}
+
+int werase(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("werase() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, 0, 0) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wclrtobot(win);
+}
+
+int erase(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("erase() - called\n"));
+
+    return werase(stdscr);
+}
+
+int wclear(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wclear() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_clear = TRUE;
+    return werase(win);
+}
+
+int clear(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("clear() - called\n"));
+
+    return wclear(stdscr);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/color.c

@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+color
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    bool has_colors(void);
+    int start_color(void);
+    int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg);
+    int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg);
+    bool can_change_color(void);
+    int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue);
+    int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue);
+
+    int alloc_pair(int fg, int bg);
+    int assume_default_colors(int f, int b);
+    int find_pair(int fg, int bg);
+    int free_pair(int pair);
+    int use_default_colors(void);
+
+    int PDC_set_line_color(short color);
+
+### Description
+
+   To use these routines, first, call start_color(). Colors are always
+   used in pairs, referred to as color-pairs. A color-pair is created by
+   init_pair(), and consists of a foreground color and a background
+   color. After initialization, COLOR_PAIR(n) can be used like any other
+   video attribute.
+
+   has_colors() reports whether the terminal supports color.
+
+   start_color() initializes eight basic colors (black, red, green,
+   yellow, blue, magenta, cyan, and white), and two global variables:
+   COLORS and COLOR_PAIRS (respectively defining the maximum number of
+   colors and color-pairs the terminal is capable of displaying).
+
+   init_pair() changes the definition of a color-pair. It takes three
+   arguments: the number of the color-pair to be redefined, and the new
+   values of the foreground and background colors. The pair number must
+   be between 0 and COLOR_PAIRS - 1, inclusive. The foreground and
+   background must be between 0 and COLORS - 1, inclusive. If the color
+   pair was previously initialized, the screen is refreshed, and all
+   occurrences of that color-pair are changed to the new definition.
+
+   pair_content() is used to determine what the colors of a given color-
+   pair consist of.
+
+   can_change_color() indicates if the terminal has the capability to
+   change the definition of its colors.
+
+   init_color() is used to redefine a color, if possible. Each of the
+   components -- red, green, and blue -- is specified in a range from 0
+   to 1000, inclusive.
+
+   color_content() reports the current definition of a color in the same
+   format as used by init_color().
+
+   assume_default_colors() and use_default_colors() emulate the ncurses
+   extensions of the same names. assume_default_colors(f, b) is
+   essentially the same as init_pair(0, f, b) (which isn't allowed); it
+   redefines the default colors. use_default_colors() allows the use of
+   -1 as a foreground or background color with init_pair(), and calls
+   assume_default_colors(-1, -1); -1 represents the foreground or
+   background color that the terminal had at startup. If the environment
+   variable PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS is set at the time start_color() is
+   called, that's equivalent to calling use_default_colors().
+
+   alloc_pair(), find_pair() and free_pair() are also from ncurses.
+   free_pair() marks a pair as unused; find_pair() returns an existing
+   pair with the specified foreground and background colors, if one
+   exists. And alloc_pair() returns such a pair whether or not it was
+   previously set, overwriting the oldest initialized pair if there are
+   no free pairs.
+
+   PDC_set_line_color() is used to set the color, globally, for the
+   color of the lines drawn for the attributes: A_UNDERLINE, A_LEFT and
+   A_RIGHT. A value of -1 (the default) indicates that the current
+   foreground color should be used.
+
+   NOTE: COLOR_PAIR() and PAIR_NUMBER() are implemented as macros.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   Most functions return OK on success and ERR on error. has_colors()
+   and can_change_colors() return TRUE or FALSE. alloc_pair() and
+   find_pair() return a pair number, or -1 on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    has_colors                  Y       Y       Y
+    start_color                 Y       Y       Y
+    init_pair                   Y       Y       Y
+    pair_content                Y       Y       Y
+    can_change_color            Y       Y       Y
+    init_color                  Y       Y       Y
+    color_content               Y       Y       Y
+    alloc_pair                  -       Y       -
+    assume_default_colors       -       Y       Y
+    find_pair                   -       Y       -
+    free_pair                   -       Y       -
+    use_default_colors          -       Y       Y
+    PDC_set_line_color          -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+int COLORS = 0;
+int COLOR_PAIRS = PDC_COLOR_PAIRS;
+
+static bool default_colors = FALSE;
+static short first_col = 0;
+static int allocnum = 0;
+
+int start_color(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("start_color() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP || SP->mono)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->color_started = TRUE;
+
+    PDC_set_blink(FALSE);   /* Also sets COLORS */
+
+    if (!default_colors && SP->orig_attr && getenv("PDC_ORIGINAL_COLORS"))
+        default_colors = TRUE;
+
+    PDC_init_atrtab();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+static void _normalize(short *fg, short *bg)
+{
+    if (*fg == -1)
+        *fg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_fore : COLOR_WHITE;
+
+    if (*bg == -1)
+        *bg = SP->orig_attr ? SP->orig_back : COLOR_BLACK;
+}
+
+static void _init_pair_core(short pair, short fg, short bg)
+{
+    PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab + pair;
+
+    _normalize(&fg, &bg);
+
+    /* To allow the PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN option to work, we only reset
+       curscr if this call to init_pair() alters a color pair created by
+       the user. */
+
+    if (p->set)
+    {
+        if (p->f != fg || p->b != bg)
+            curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    p->f = fg;
+    p->b = bg;
+    p->count = allocnum++;
+    p->set = TRUE;
+}
+
+int init_pair(short pair, short fg, short bg)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("init_pair() - called: pair %d fg %d bg %d\n", pair, fg, bg));
+
+    if (!SP || !SP->color_started || pair < 1 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS ||
+        fg < first_col || fg >= COLORS || bg < first_col || bg >= COLORS)
+        return ERR;
+
+    _init_pair_core(pair, fg, bg);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+bool has_colors(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("has_colors() - called\n"));
+
+    return SP ? !(SP->mono) : FALSE;
+}
+
+int init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("init_color() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP || color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !PDC_can_change_color() ||
+        red < -1 || red > 1000 || green < -1 || green > 1000 ||
+        blue < -1 || blue > 1000)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->dirty = TRUE;
+
+    return PDC_init_color(color, red, green, blue);
+}
+
+int color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("color_content() - called\n"));
+
+    if (color < 0 || color >= COLORS || !red || !green || !blue)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (PDC_can_change_color())
+        return PDC_color_content(color, red, green, blue);
+    else
+    {
+        /* Simulated values for platforms that don't support palette
+           changing */
+
+        short maxval = (color & 8) ? 1000 : 680;
+
+        *red = (color & COLOR_RED) ? maxval : 0;
+        *green = (color & COLOR_GREEN) ? maxval : 0;
+        *blue = (color & COLOR_BLUE) ? maxval : 0;
+
+        return OK;
+    }
+}
+
+bool can_change_color(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("can_change_color() - called\n"));
+
+    return PDC_can_change_color();
+}
+
+int pair_content(short pair, short *fg, short *bg)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("pair_content() - called\n"));
+
+    if (pair < 0 || pair >= COLOR_PAIRS || !fg || !bg)
+        return ERR;
+
+    *fg = SP->atrtab[pair].f;
+    *bg = SP->atrtab[pair].b;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int assume_default_colors(int f, int b)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("assume_default_colors() - called: f %d b %d\n", f, b));
+
+    if (f < -1 || f >= COLORS || b < -1 || b >= COLORS)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (SP->color_started)
+        _init_pair_core(0, f, b);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int use_default_colors(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("use_default_colors() - called\n"));
+
+    default_colors = TRUE;
+    first_col = -1;
+
+    return assume_default_colors(-1, -1);
+}
+
+int PDC_set_line_color(short color)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_line_color() - called: %d\n", color));
+
+    if (!SP || color < -1 || color >= COLORS)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->line_color = color;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void PDC_init_atrtab(void)
+{
+    PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab;
+    short i, fg, bg;
+
+    if (SP->color_started && !default_colors)
+    {
+        fg = COLOR_WHITE;
+        bg = COLOR_BLACK;
+    }
+    else
+        fg = bg = -1;
+
+    _normalize(&fg, &bg);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
+    {
+        p[i].f = fg;
+        p[i].b = bg;
+        p[i].set = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+int free_pair(int pair)
+{
+    if (pair < 1 || pair >= PDC_COLOR_PAIRS || !(SP->atrtab[pair].set))
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->atrtab[pair].set = FALSE;
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int find_pair(int fg, int bg)
+{
+    int i;
+    PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
+        if (p[i].set && p[i].f == fg && p[i].b == bg)
+            return i;
+
+    return -1;
+}
+
+static int _find_oldest()
+{
+    int i, lowind = 0, lowval = 0;
+    PDC_PAIR *p = SP->atrtab;
+
+    for (i = 1; i < PDC_COLOR_PAIRS; i++)
+    {
+        if (!p[i].set)
+            return i;
+
+        if (!lowval || (p[i].count < lowval))
+        {
+            lowind = i;
+            lowval = p[i].count;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return lowind;
+}
+
+int alloc_pair(int fg, int bg)
+{
+    int i = find_pair(fg, bg);
+
+    if (-1 == i)
+    {
+        i = _find_oldest();
+
+        if (ERR == init_pair(i, fg, bg))
+            return -1;
+    }
+
+    return i;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/debug.c

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+debug
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    void traceon(void);
+    void traceoff(void);
+    void PDC_debug(const char *, ...);
+
+### Description
+
+   traceon() and traceoff() toggle the recording of debugging
+   information to the file "trace". Although not standard, similar
+   functions are in some other curses implementations.
+
+   PDC_debug() is the function that writes to the file, based on whether
+   traceon() has been called. It's used from the PDC_LOG() macro.
+
+   The environment variable PDC_TRACE_FLUSH controls whether the trace
+   file contents are fflushed after each write. The default is not. Set
+   it to enable this (may affect performance).
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    traceon                     -       -       -
+    traceoff                    -       -       -
+    PDC_debug                   -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <time.h>
+
+static bool want_fflush = FALSE;
+
+void PDC_debug(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    char hms[9];
+    time_t now;
+
+    if (!SP || !SP->dbfp)
+        return;
+
+    time(&now);
+    strftime(hms, 9, "%H:%M:%S", localtime(&now));
+    fprintf(SP->dbfp, "At: %8.8ld - %s ", (long) clock(), hms);
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    vfprintf(SP->dbfp, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    /* If you are crashing and losing debugging information, enable this
+       by setting the environment variable PDC_TRACE_FLUSH. This may
+       impact performance. */
+
+    if (want_fflush)
+        fflush(SP->dbfp);
+
+    /* If with PDC_TRACE_FLUSH enabled you are still losing logging in
+       crashes, you may need to add a platform-dependent mechanism to
+       flush the OS buffers as well (such as fsync() on POSIX) -- but
+       expect terrible performance. */
+}
+
+void traceon(void)
+{
+    if (!SP)
+        return;
+
+    if (SP->dbfp)
+        fclose(SP->dbfp);
+
+    /* open debug log file append */
+    SP->dbfp = fopen("trace", "a");
+    if (!SP->dbfp)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "PDC_debug(): Unable to open debug log file\n");
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if (getenv("PDC_TRACE_FLUSH"))
+        want_fflush = TRUE;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("traceon() - called\n"));
+}
+
+void traceoff(void)
+{
+    if (!SP || !SP->dbfp)
+        return;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("traceoff() - called\n"));
+
+    fclose(SP->dbfp);
+    SP->dbfp = NULL;
+    want_fflush = FALSE;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/delch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+delch
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int delch(void);
+    int wdelch(WINDOW *win);
+    int mvdelch(int y, int x);
+    int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+### Description
+
+   The character under the cursor in the window is deleted. All
+   characters to the right on the same line are moved to the left one
+   position and the last character on the line is filled with a blank.
+   The cursor position does not change (after moving to y, x if
+   coordinates are specified).
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    delch                       Y       Y       Y
+    wdelch                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvdelch                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwdelch                    Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int wdelch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int y, x, maxx;
+    chtype *temp1;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wdelch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    y = win->_cury;
+    x = win->_curx;
+    maxx = win->_maxx - 1;
+    temp1 = &win->_y[y][x];
+
+    memmove(temp1, temp1 + 1, (maxx - x) * sizeof(chtype));
+
+    /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+    win->_y[y][maxx] = win->_bkgd;
+
+    win->_lastch[y] = maxx;
+
+    if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
+        win->_firstch[y] = x;
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int delch(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("delch() - called\n"));
+
+    return wdelch(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvdelch(int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvdelch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wdelch(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwdelch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwdelch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wdelch(win);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/deleteln.c

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+deleteln
+--------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int deleteln(void);
+    int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win);
+    int insdelln(int n);
+    int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n);
+    int insertln(void);
+    int winsertln(WINDOW *win);
+
+    int mvdeleteln(int y, int x);
+    int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+    int mvinsertln(int y, int x);
+    int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+### Description
+
+   With the deleteln() and wdeleteln() functions, the line under the
+   cursor in the window is deleted. All lines below the current line are
+   moved up one line. The bottom line of the window is cleared. The
+   cursor position does not change.
+
+   With the insertln() and winsertn() functions, a blank line is
+   inserted above the current line and the bottom line is lost.
+
+   mvdeleteln(), mvwdeleteln(), mvinsertln() and mvwinsertln() allow
+   moving the cursor and inserting/deleting in one call.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    deleteln                    Y       Y       Y
+    wdeleteln                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvdeleteln                  -       -       -
+    mvwdeleteln                 -       -       -
+    insdelln                    Y       Y       Y
+    winsdelln                   Y       Y       Y
+    insertln                    Y       Y       Y
+    winsertln                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvinsertln                  -       -       -
+    mvwinsertln                 -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wdeleteln(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    chtype blank, *temp, *ptr;
+    int y;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wdeleteln() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+    blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+    temp = win->_y[win->_cury];
+
+    for (y = win->_cury; y < win->_bmarg; y++)
+    {
+        win->_y[y] = win->_y[y + 1];
+        win->_firstch[y] = 0;
+        win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
+    }
+
+    for (ptr = temp; (ptr - temp < win->_maxx); ptr++)
+        *ptr = blank;           /* make a blank line */
+
+    if (win->_cury <= win->_bmarg)
+    {
+        win->_firstch[win->_bmarg] = 0;
+        win->_lastch[win->_bmarg] = win->_maxx - 1;
+        win->_y[win->_bmarg] = temp;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int deleteln(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("deleteln() - called\n"));
+
+    return wdeleteln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvdeleteln(int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvdeleteln() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wdeleteln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwdeleteln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwdeleteln() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wdeleteln(win);
+}
+
+int winsdelln(WINDOW *win, int n)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("winsdelln() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (n > 0)
+    {
+        for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+            if (winsertln(win) == ERR)
+                return ERR;
+    }
+    else if (n < 0)
+    {
+        n = -n;
+        for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+            if (wdeleteln(win) == ERR)
+                return ERR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int insdelln(int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("insdelln() - called\n"));
+
+    return winsdelln(stdscr, n);
+}
+
+int winsertln(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    chtype blank, *temp, *end;
+    int y;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("winsertln() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    /* wrs (4/10/93) account for window background */
+
+    blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+    temp = win->_y[win->_maxy - 1];
+
+    for (y = win->_maxy - 1; y > win->_cury; y--)
+    {
+        win->_y[y] = win->_y[y - 1];
+        win->_firstch[y] = 0;
+        win->_lastch[y] = win->_maxx - 1;
+    }
+
+    win->_y[win->_cury] = temp;
+
+    for (end = &temp[win->_maxx - 1]; temp <= end; temp++)
+        *temp = blank;
+
+    win->_firstch[win->_cury] = 0;
+    win->_lastch[win->_cury] = win->_maxx - 1;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int insertln(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("insertln() - called\n"));
+
+    return winsertln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvinsertln(int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinsertln() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsertln(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwinsertln(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinsertln() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsertln(win);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/getch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+getch
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int getch(void);
+    int wgetch(WINDOW *win);
+    int mvgetch(int y, int x);
+    int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+    int ungetch(int ch);
+    int flushinp(void);
+
+    int get_wch(wint_t *wch);
+    int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch);
+    int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
+    int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch);
+    int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch);
+
+    unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void);
+    int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag);
+
+### Description
+
+   With the getch(), wgetch(), mvgetch(), and mvwgetch() functions, a
+   character is read from the terminal associated with the window. In
+   nodelay mode, if there is no input waiting, the value ERR is
+   returned. In delay mode, the program will hang until the system
+   passes text through to the program. Depending on the setting of
+   cbreak(), this will be after one character or after the first
+   newline. Unless noecho() has been set, the character will also be
+   echoed into the designated window.
+
+   If keypad() is TRUE, and a function key is pressed, the token for
+   that function key will be returned instead of the raw characters.
+   Possible function keys are defined in <curses.h> with integers
+   beginning with 0401, whose names begin with KEY_.
+
+   If nodelay(win, TRUE) has been called on the window and no input is
+   waiting, the value ERR is returned.
+
+   ungetch() places ch back onto the input queue to be returned by the
+   next call to wgetch().
+
+   flushinp() throws away any type-ahead that has been typed by the user
+   and has not yet been read by the program.
+
+   wget_wch() is the wide-character version of wgetch(), available when
+   PDCurses is built with the PDC_WIDE option. It takes a pointer to a
+   wint_t rather than returning the key as an int, and instead returns
+   KEY_CODE_YES if the key is a function key. Otherwise, it returns OK
+   or ERR. It's important to check for KEY_CODE_YES, since regular wide
+   characters can have the same values as function key codes.
+
+   unget_wch() puts a wide character on the input queue.
+
+   PDC_get_key_modifiers() returns the keyboard modifiers (shift,
+   control, alt, numlock) effective at the time of the last getch()
+   call. Use the macros PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_* to determine which
+   modifier(s) were set. PDC_return_key_modifiers() tells getch() to
+   return modifier keys pressed alone as keystrokes (KEY_ALT_L, etc.).
+   These may not work on all platforms.
+
+   NOTE: getch() and ungetch() are implemented as macros, to avoid
+   conflict with many DOS compiler's runtime libraries.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   These functions return ERR or the value of the character, meta
+   character or function key token.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    getch                       Y       Y       Y
+    wgetch                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvgetch                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwgetch                    Y       Y       Y
+    ungetch                     Y       Y       Y
+    flushinp                    Y       Y       Y
+    get_wch                     Y       Y       Y
+    wget_wch                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvget_wch                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwget_wch                  Y       Y       Y
+    unget_wch                   Y       Y       Y
+    PDC_get_key_modifiers       -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static int _get_box(int *y_start, int *y_end, int *x_start, int *x_end)
+{
+    int start, end;
+
+    if (SP->sel_start < SP->sel_end)
+    {
+        start = SP->sel_start;
+        end = SP->sel_end;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        start = SP->sel_end;
+        end = SP->sel_start;
+    }
+
+    *y_start = start / COLS;
+    *x_start = start % COLS;
+
+    *y_end = end / COLS;
+    *x_end = end % COLS;
+
+    return (end - start) + (*y_end - *y_start);
+}
+
+static void _highlight(void)
+{
+    int i, j, y_start, y_end, x_start, x_end;
+
+    if (-1 == SP->sel_start)
+        return;
+
+    _get_box(&y_start, &y_end, &x_start, &x_end);
+
+    for (j = y_start; j <= y_end; j++)
+        for (i = (j == y_start ? x_start : 0);
+             i < (j == y_end ? x_end : COLS); i++)
+            curscr->_y[j][i] ^= A_REVERSE;
+
+    wrefresh(curscr);
+}
+
+static void _copy(void)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t *wtmp;
+# define TMP wtmp
+# define MASK A_CHARTEXT
+#else
+# define TMP tmp
+# define MASK 0xff
+#endif
+    char *tmp;
+    long pos;
+    int i, j, y_start, y_end, x_start, x_end, len;
+
+    if (-1 == SP->sel_start)
+        return;
+
+    len = _get_box(&y_start, &y_end, &x_start, &x_end);
+
+    if (!len)
+        return;
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wtmp = malloc((len + 1) * sizeof(wchar_t));
+    len *= 3;
+#endif
+    tmp = malloc(len + 1);
+
+    for (j = y_start, pos = 0; j <= y_end; j++)
+    {
+        for (i = (j == y_start ? x_start : 0);
+             i < (j == y_end ? x_end : COLS); i++)
+            TMP[pos++] = curscr->_y[j][i] & MASK;
+
+        while (y_start != y_end && pos > 0 && TMP[pos - 1] == 32)
+            pos--;
+
+        if (j < y_end)
+            TMP[pos++] = 10;
+    }
+    TMP[pos] = 0;
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    pos = PDC_wcstombs(tmp, wtmp, len);
+#endif
+
+    PDC_setclipboard(tmp, pos);
+    free(tmp);
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    free(wtmp);
+#endif
+}
+
+static int _paste(void)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t *wpaste;
+# define PASTE wpaste
+#else
+# define PASTE paste
+#endif
+    char *paste;
+    long len, newmax;
+    int key;
+
+    key = PDC_getclipboard(&paste, &len);
+    if (PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS != key || !len)
+        return -1;
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wpaste = malloc(len * sizeof(wchar_t));
+    len = PDC_mbstowcs(wpaste, paste, len);
+#endif
+    newmax = len + SP->c_ungind;
+    if (newmax > SP->c_ungmax)
+    {
+        SP->c_ungch = realloc(SP->c_ungch, newmax * sizeof(int));
+        if (!SP->c_ungch)
+            return -1;
+        SP->c_ungmax = newmax;
+    }
+    while (len > 1)
+        PDC_ungetch(PASTE[--len]);
+    key = *PASTE;
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    free(wpaste);
+#endif
+    PDC_freeclipboard(paste);
+    SP->key_modifiers = 0;
+
+    return key;
+}
+
+static int _mouse_key(void)
+{
+    int i, key = KEY_MOUSE, changes = SP->mouse_status.changes;
+    unsigned long mbe = SP->_trap_mbe;
+
+    /* Selection highlighting? */
+
+    if ((!mbe || SP->mouse_status.button[0] & BUTTON_SHIFT) && changes & 1)
+    {
+        i = SP->mouse_status.y * COLS + SP->mouse_status.x;
+        switch (SP->mouse_status.button[0] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK)
+        {
+        case BUTTON_PRESSED:
+            _highlight();
+            SP->sel_start = SP->sel_end = i;
+            return -1;
+        case BUTTON_MOVED:
+            _highlight();
+            SP->sel_end = i;
+            _highlight();
+            return -1;
+        case BUTTON_RELEASED:
+            _copy();
+            return -1;
+        }
+    }
+    else if ((!mbe || SP->mouse_status.button[1] & BUTTON_SHIFT) &&
+             changes & 2 && (SP->mouse_status.button[1] &
+             BUTTON_ACTION_MASK) == BUTTON_CLICKED)
+    {
+        SP->key_code = FALSE;
+        return _paste();
+    }
+
+    /* Filter unwanted mouse events */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    {
+        if (changes & (1 << i))
+        {
+            int shf = i * 5;
+            short button = SP->mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
+
+            if (   (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf)) &&
+                    (button == BUTTON_PRESSED))
+
+                || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf)) &&
+                    (button == BUTTON_CLICKED))
+
+                || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf)) &&
+                    (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED))
+
+                || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED << shf)) &&
+                    (button == BUTTON_MOVED))
+
+                || (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf)) &&
+                    (button == BUTTON_RELEASED))
+            )
+                SP->mouse_status.changes ^= (1 << i);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (changes & PDC_MOUSE_MOVED)
+    {
+        if (!(mbe & (BUTTON1_MOVED|BUTTON2_MOVED|BUTTON3_MOVED)))
+            SP->mouse_status.changes ^= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
+    }
+
+    if (changes & (PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN))
+    {
+        if (!(mbe & MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL))
+            SP->mouse_status.changes &=
+                ~(PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP|PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN);
+    }
+
+    if (!changes)
+        return -1;
+
+    /* Check for click in slk area */
+
+    i = PDC_mouse_in_slk(SP->mouse_status.y, SP->mouse_status.x);
+
+    if (i)
+    {
+        if (SP->mouse_status.button[0] & (BUTTON_PRESSED|BUTTON_CLICKED))
+            key = KEY_F(i);
+        else
+            key = -1;
+    }
+
+    return key;
+}
+
+int wgetch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int key, waitcount;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wgetch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    waitcount = 0;
+
+    /* set the number of 1/20th second napms() calls */
+
+    if (SP->delaytenths)
+        waitcount = 2 * SP->delaytenths;
+    else
+        if (win->_delayms)
+        {
+            /* Can't really do millisecond intervals, so delay in
+               1/20ths of a second (50ms) */
+
+            waitcount = win->_delayms / 50;
+            if (!waitcount)
+                waitcount = 1;
+        }
+
+    /* refresh window when wgetch is called if there have been changes
+       to it and it is not a pad */
+
+    if (!(win->_flags & _PAD) && ((!win->_leaveit &&
+         (win->_begx + win->_curx != SP->curscol ||
+          win->_begy + win->_cury != SP->cursrow)) || is_wintouched(win)))
+        wrefresh(win);
+
+    /* if ungotten char exists, remove and return it */
+
+    if (SP->c_ungind)
+        return SP->c_ungch[--(SP->c_ungind)];
+
+    /* if normal and data in buffer */
+
+    if ((!SP->raw_inp && !SP->cbreak) && (SP->c_gindex < SP->c_pindex))
+        return SP->c_buffer[SP->c_gindex++];
+
+    /* prepare to buffer data */
+
+    SP->c_pindex = 0;
+    SP->c_gindex = 0;
+
+    /* to get here, no keys are buffered. go and get one. */
+
+    for (;;)            /* loop for any buffering */
+    {
+        /* is there a keystroke ready? */
+
+        if (!PDC_check_key())
+        {
+            /* if not, handle timeout() and halfdelay() */
+
+            if (SP->delaytenths || win->_delayms)
+            {
+                if (!waitcount)
+                    return ERR;
+
+                waitcount--;
+            }
+            else
+                if (win->_nodelay)
+                    return ERR;
+
+            napms(50);  /* sleep for 1/20th second */
+            continue;   /* then check again */
+        }
+
+        /* if there is, fetch it */
+
+        key = PDC_get_key();
+
+        /* copy or paste? */
+
+        if (SP->key_modifiers & PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT)
+        {
+            if (0x03 == key)
+            {
+                _copy();
+                continue;
+            }
+            else if (0x16 == key)
+                key = _paste();
+        }
+
+        /* filter mouse events; translate mouse clicks in the slk
+           area to function keys */
+
+        if (SP->key_code && key == KEY_MOUSE)
+            key = _mouse_key();
+
+        /* filter special keys if not in keypad mode */
+
+        if (SP->key_code && !win->_use_keypad)
+            key = -1;
+
+        /* unwanted key? loop back */
+
+        if (key == -1)
+            continue;
+
+        _highlight();
+        SP->sel_start = SP->sel_end = -1;
+
+        /* translate CR */
+
+        if (key == '\r' && SP->autocr && !SP->raw_inp)
+            key = '\n';
+
+        /* if echo is enabled */
+
+        if (SP->echo && !SP->key_code)
+        {
+            waddch(win, key);
+            wrefresh(win);
+        }
+
+        /* if no buffering */
+
+        if (SP->raw_inp || SP->cbreak)
+            return key;
+
+        /* if no overflow, put data in buffer */
+
+        if (key == '\b')
+        {
+            if (SP->c_pindex > SP->c_gindex)
+                SP->c_pindex--;
+        }
+        else
+            if (SP->c_pindex < _INBUFSIZ - 2)
+                SP->c_buffer[SP->c_pindex++] = key;
+
+        /* if we got a line */
+
+        if (key == '\n' || key == '\r')
+            return SP->c_buffer[SP->c_gindex++];
+    }
+}
+
+int mvgetch(int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvgetch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetch(stdscr);
+}
+
+int mvwgetch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwgetch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetch(win);
+}
+
+int PDC_ungetch(int ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("ungetch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (SP->c_ungind >= SP->c_ungmax)   /* pushback stack full */
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->c_ungch[SP->c_ungind++] = ch;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int flushinp(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("flushinp() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    PDC_flushinp();
+
+    SP->c_gindex = 1;       /* set indices to kill buffer */
+    SP->c_pindex = 0;
+    SP->c_ungind = 0;       /* clear SP->c_ungch array */
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+unsigned long PDC_get_key_modifiers(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return SP->key_modifiers;
+}
+
+int PDC_return_key_modifiers(bool flag)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_return_key_modifiers() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->return_key_modifiers = flag;
+    return PDC_modifiers_set();
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wget_wch(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wch)
+{
+    int key;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wget_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!wch)
+        return ERR;
+
+    key = wgetch(win);
+
+    if (key == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    *wch = key;
+
+    return SP->key_code ? KEY_CODE_YES : OK;
+}
+
+int get_wch(wint_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("get_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvget_wch(int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvget_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wget_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvwget_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wget_wch(win, wch);
+}
+
+int unget_wch(const wchar_t wch)
+{
+    return PDC_ungetch(wch);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/getstr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+getstr
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int getstr(char *str);
+    int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+    int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+    int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+    int getnstr(char *str, int n);
+    int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+    int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+    int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+
+    int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr);
+    int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr);
+    int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr);
+    int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int, int, wint_t *wstr);
+    int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n);
+    int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   These routines call wgetch() repeatedly to build a string,
+   interpreting erase and kill characters along the way, until a newline
+   or carriage return is received. When PDCurses is built with wide-
+   character support enabled, the narrow-character functions convert the
+   wgetch()'d values into a multibyte string in the current locale
+   before returning it. The resulting string is placed in the area
+   pointed to by *str. The routines with n as the last argument read at
+   most n characters.
+
+   Note that there's no way to know how long the buffer passed to
+   wgetstr() is, so use wgetnstr() to avoid buffer overflows.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   These functions return ERR on failure or any other value on success.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    getstr                      Y       Y       Y
+    wgetstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvgetstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwgetstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    getnstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    wgetnstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvgetnstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwgetnstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    get_wstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    wget_wstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvget_wstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvwget_wstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    getn_wstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    wgetn_wstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvgetn_wstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvwgetn_wstr                Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#define MAXLINE 255
+
+int wgetnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t wstr[MAXLINE + 1];
+
+    if (n < 0 || n > MAXLINE)
+        n = MAXLINE;
+
+    if (wgetn_wstr(win, (wint_t *)wstr, n) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
+#else
+    int ch, i, num, x, chars;
+    char *p;
+    bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wgetnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !str)
+        return ERR;
+
+    chars = 0;
+    p = str;
+    stop = FALSE;
+
+    x = win->_curx;
+
+    oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
+    oldecho = SP->echo;
+    oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
+
+    SP->echo = FALSE;       /* we do echo ourselves */
+    cbreak();               /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
+    win->_nodelay = FALSE;  /* don't return -1 */
+
+    wrefresh(win);
+
+    while (!stop)
+    {
+        ch = wgetch(win);
+
+        switch (ch)
+        {
+
+        case '\t':
+            ch = ' ';
+            num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
+            for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+            {
+                if (chars < n)
+                {
+                    if (oldecho)
+                        waddch(win, ch);
+                    *p++ = ch;
+                    ++chars;
+                }
+                else
+                    beep();
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case _ECHAR:        /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
+            if (p > str)
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
+                if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                chars--;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case _DLCHAR:       /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
+            while (p > str)
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
+                if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+            }
+            chars = 0;
+            break;
+
+        case _DWCHAR:       /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
+
+            while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+                --p;        /* remove space */
+                chars--;
+            }
+            while ((p > str) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+                ch = (unsigned char)(*--p);
+                if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                chars--;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case '\n':
+        case '\r':
+            stop = TRUE;
+            if (oldecho)
+                waddch(win, '\n');
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            if (chars < n)
+            {
+                if (!SP->key_code && ch < 0x100)
+                {
+                    *p++ = ch;
+                    if (oldecho)
+                        waddch(win, ch);
+                    chars++;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+                beep();
+
+            break;
+
+        }
+
+        wrefresh(win);
+    }
+
+    *p = '\0';
+
+    SP->echo = oldecho;     /* restore old settings */
+    SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
+    win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
+
+    return OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+int getstr(char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int wgetstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wgetstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvgetstr(int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvgetstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwgetstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetnstr(win, str, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int getnstr(char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvgetnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvgetnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwgetnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    int ch, i, num, x, chars;
+    wint_t *p;
+    bool stop, oldecho, oldcbreak, oldnodelay;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !wstr)
+        return ERR;
+
+    chars = 0;
+    p = wstr;
+    stop = FALSE;
+
+    x = win->_curx;
+
+    oldcbreak = SP->cbreak; /* remember states */
+    oldecho = SP->echo;
+    oldnodelay = win->_nodelay;
+
+    SP->echo = FALSE;       /* we do echo ourselves */
+    cbreak();               /* ensure each key is returned immediately */
+    win->_nodelay = FALSE;  /* don't return -1 */
+
+    wrefresh(win);
+
+    while (!stop)
+    {
+        ch = wgetch(win);
+
+        switch (ch)
+        {
+
+        case '\t':
+            ch = ' ';
+            num = TABSIZE - (win->_curx - x) % TABSIZE;
+            for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+            {
+                if (chars < n)
+                {
+                    if (oldecho)
+                        waddch(win, ch);
+                    *p++ = ch;
+                    ++chars;
+                }
+                else
+                    beep();
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case _ECHAR:        /* CTRL-H -- Delete character */
+            if (p > wstr)
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                ch = *--p;
+                if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                chars--;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case _DLCHAR:       /* CTRL-U -- Delete line */
+            while (p > wstr)
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                ch = *--p;
+                if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+            }
+            chars = 0;
+            break;
+
+        case _DWCHAR:       /* CTRL-W -- Delete word */
+
+            while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) == ' '))
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+                --p;        /* remove space */
+                chars--;
+            }
+            while ((p > wstr) && (*(p - 1) != ' '))
+            {
+                if (oldecho)
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+
+                ch = *--p;
+                if ((ch < ' ') && (oldecho))
+                    waddstr(win, "\b \b");
+                chars--;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case '\n':
+        case '\r':
+            stop = TRUE;
+            if (oldecho)
+                waddch(win, '\n');
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            if (chars < n)
+            {
+                if (!SP->key_code)
+                {
+                    *p++ = ch;
+                    if (oldecho)
+                        waddch(win, ch);
+                    chars++;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+                beep();
+
+            break;
+
+        }
+
+        wrefresh(win);
+    }
+
+    *p = '\0';
+
+    SP->echo = oldecho;     /* restore old settings */
+    SP->cbreak = oldcbreak;
+    win->_nodelay = oldnodelay;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int get_wstr(wint_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("get_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int wget_wstr(WINDOW *win, wint_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wget_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvget_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvget_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int mvwget_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwget_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, MAXLINE);
+}
+
+int getn_wstr(wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvgetn_wstr(int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetn_wstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwgetn_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wint_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwgetn_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wgetn_wstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/getyx.c

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+getyx
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    void getyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+    void getparyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+    void getbegyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+    void getmaxyx(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+    void getsyx(int y, int x);
+    void setsyx(int y, int x);
+
+    int getbegy(WINDOW *win);
+    int getbegx(WINDOW *win);
+    int getcury(WINDOW *win);
+    int getcurx(WINDOW *win);
+    int getpary(WINDOW *win);
+    int getparx(WINDOW *win);
+    int getmaxy(WINDOW *win);
+    int getmaxx(WINDOW *win);
+
+### Description
+
+   The getyx() macro (defined in curses.h -- the prototypes here are
+   merely illustrative) puts the current cursor position of the
+   specified window into y and x. getbegyx() and getmaxyx() return the
+   starting coordinates and size of the specified window, respectively.
+   getparyx() returns the starting coordinates of the parent's window,
+   if the specified window is a subwindow; otherwise it sets y and x to
+   -1. These are all macros.
+
+   getsyx() gets the coordinates of the virtual screen cursor, and
+   stores them in y and x. If leaveok() is TRUE, it returns -1, -1. If
+   lines have been removed with ripoffline(), then getsyx() includes
+   these lines in its count; so, the returned y and x values should only
+   be used with setsyx().
+
+   setsyx() sets the virtual screen cursor to the y, x coordinates. If
+   either y or x is -1, leaveok() is set TRUE, else it's set FALSE.
+
+   getsyx() and setsyx() are meant to be used by a library routine that
+   manipulates curses windows without altering the position of the
+   cursor. Note that getsyx() is defined only as a macro.
+
+   getbegy(), getbegx(), getcurx(), getcury(), getmaxy(), getmaxx(),
+   getpary(), and getparx() return the appropriate coordinate or size
+   values, or ERR in the case of a NULL window.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    getyx                       Y       Y       Y
+    getparyx                    Y       Y       Y
+    getbegyx                    Y       Y       Y
+    getmaxyx                    Y       Y       Y
+    getsyx                      -       Y       Y
+    setsyx                      -       Y       Y
+    getbegy                     -       Y       Y
+    getbegx                     -       Y       Y
+    getcury                     -       Y       Y
+    getcurx                     -       Y       Y
+    getpary                     -       Y       Y
+    getparx                     -       Y       Y
+    getmaxy                     -       Y       Y
+    getmaxx                     -       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int getbegy(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getbegy() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_begy : ERR;
+}
+
+int getbegx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getbegx() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_begx : ERR;
+}
+
+int getcury(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getcury() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_cury : ERR;
+}
+
+int getcurx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getcurx() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_curx : ERR;
+}
+
+int getpary(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getpary() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_pary : ERR;
+}
+
+int getparx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getparx() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_parx : ERR;
+}
+
+int getmaxy(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getmaxy() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_maxy : ERR;
+}
+
+int getmaxx(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getmaxx() - called\n"));
+
+    return win ? win->_maxx : ERR;
+}
+
+void setsyx(int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("setsyx() - called\n"));
+
+    if (curscr)
+    {
+        curscr->_leaveit = y == -1 || x == -1;
+
+        if (!curscr->_leaveit)
+            wmove(curscr, y, x);
+    }
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/inch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+inch
+----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    chtype inch(void);
+    chtype winch(WINDOW *win);
+    chtype mvinch(int y, int x);
+    chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+    int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval);
+    int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval);
+    int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
+    int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval);
+
+### Description
+
+   The inch() functions retrieve the character and attribute from the
+   current or specified window position, in the form of a chtype. If a
+   NULL window is specified, (chtype)ERR is returned.
+
+   The in_wch() functions are the wide-character versions; instead of
+   returning a chtype, they store a cchar_t at the address specified by
+   wcval, and return OK or ERR. (No value is stored when ERR is
+   returned.) Note that in PDCurses, chtype and cchar_t are the same.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    inch                        Y       Y       Y
+    winch                       Y       Y       Y
+    mvinch                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinch                     Y       Y       Y
+    in_wch                      Y       Y       Y
+    win_wch                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvin_wch                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwin_wch                   Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+chtype winch(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("winch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return (chtype)ERR;
+
+    return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+}
+
+chtype inch(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("inch() - called\n"));
+
+    return winch(stdscr);
+}
+
+chtype mvinch(int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return (chtype)ERR;
+
+    return stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
+}
+
+chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return (chtype)ERR;
+
+    return win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int win_wch(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("win_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !wcval)
+        return ERR;
+
+    *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int in_wch(cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("in_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    return win_wch(stdscr, wcval);
+}
+
+int mvin_wch(int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvin_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!wcval || (move(y, x) == ERR))
+        return ERR;
+
+    *wcval = stdscr->_y[stdscr->_cury][stdscr->_curx];
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int mvwin_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wcval)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!wcval || (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR))
+        return ERR;
+
+    *wcval = win->_y[win->_cury][win->_curx];
+
+    return OK;
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/inchstr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+inchstr
+-------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int inchstr(chtype *ch);
+    int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n);
+    int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch);
+    int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n);
+    int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch);
+    int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
+    int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch);
+    int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n);
+
+    int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch);
+    int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch);
+    int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
+    int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   These routines read a chtype or cchar_t string from the window,
+   starting at the current or specified position, and ending at the
+   right margin, or after n elements, whichever is less.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return the number of elements read, or ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    inchstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    winchstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvinchstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinchstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    inchnstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    winchnstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvinchnstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinchnstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    in_wchstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    win_wchstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvin_wchstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvwin_wchstr                Y       Y       Y
+    in_wchnstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    win_wchnstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvin_wchnstr                Y       Y       Y
+    mvwin_wchnstr               Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int winchnstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    chtype *src;
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("winchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !ch || n < 0)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if ((win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
+        n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
+
+    src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+        *ch++ = *src++;
+
+    *ch = (chtype)0;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int inchstr(chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("inchstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int winchstr(WINDOW *win, chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("winchstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winchnstr(win, ch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int inchnstr(chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("inchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winchnstr(stdscr, ch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype *ch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winchnstr(win, ch, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int win_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("win_wchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return winchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+
+int in_wchstr(cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("in_wchstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int win_wchstr(WINDOW *win, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("win_wchstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvin_wchstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchstr() - called: y %d x %d\n", y, x));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, stdscr->_maxx - stdscr->_curx);
+}
+
+int mvwin_wchstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwin_wchstr() - called:\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return win_wchnstr(win, wch, win->_maxx - win->_curx);
+}
+
+int in_wchnstr(cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("in_wchnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvin_wchnstr(int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvin_wchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d\n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return win_wchnstr(stdscr, wch, n);
+}
+
+int mvwin_wchnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, cchar_t *wch, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinchnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return win_wchnstr(win, wch, n);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/initscr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+initscr
+-------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    WINDOW *initscr(void);
+    WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char **argv);
+    int endwin(void);
+    bool isendwin(void);
+    SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd);
+    SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new);
+    void delscreen(SCREEN *sp);
+
+    int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols);
+    bool is_termresized(void);
+    const char *curses_version(void);
+    void PDC_get_version(PDC_VERSION *ver);
+
+    int set_tabsize(int tabsize);
+
+### Description
+
+   initscr() should be the first curses routine called. It will
+   initialize all curses data structures, and arrange that the first
+   call to refresh() will clear the screen. In case of error, initscr()
+   will write a message to standard error and end the program.
+
+   endwin() should be called before exiting or escaping from curses mode
+   temporarily. It will restore tty modes, move the cursor to the lower
+   left corner of the screen and reset the terminal into the proper
+   non-visual mode. To resume curses after a temporary escape, call
+   refresh() or doupdate().
+
+   isendwin() returns TRUE if endwin() has been called without a
+   subsequent refresh, unless SP is NULL.
+
+   In some implementations of curses, newterm() allows the use of
+   multiple terminals. Here, it's just an alternative interface for
+   initscr(). It always returns SP, or NULL.
+
+   delscreen() frees the memory allocated by newterm() or initscr(),
+   since it's not freed by endwin(). This function is usually not
+   needed. In PDCurses, the parameter must be the value of SP, and
+   delscreen() sets SP to NULL.
+
+   set_term() does nothing meaningful in PDCurses, but is included for
+   compatibility with other curses implementations.
+
+   resize_term() is effectively two functions: When called with nonzero
+   values for nlines and ncols, it attempts to resize the screen to the
+   given size. When called with (0, 0), it merely adjusts the internal
+   structures to match the current size after the screen is resized by
+   the user. On the currently supported platforms, SDL, Windows console,
+   and X11 allow user resizing, while DOS, OS/2, SDL and Windows console
+   allow programmatic resizing. If you want to support user resizing,
+   you should check for getch() returning KEY_RESIZE, and/or call
+   is_termresized() at appropriate times; if either condition occurs,
+   call resize_term(0, 0). Then, with either user or programmatic
+   resizing, you'll have to resize any windows you've created, as
+   appropriate; resize_term() only handles stdscr and curscr.
+
+   is_termresized() returns TRUE if the curses screen has been resized
+   by the user, and a call to resize_term() is needed. Checking for
+   KEY_RESIZE is generally preferable, unless you're not handling the
+   keyboard.
+
+   curses_version() returns a string describing the version of PDCurses.
+
+   PDC_get_version() fills a PDC_VERSION structure provided by the user
+   with more detailed version info (see curses.h).
+
+   set_tabsize() sets the tab interval, stored in TABSIZE.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return NULL on error, except endwin(), which always
+   returns OK, and resize_term(), which returns either OK or ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    initscr                     Y       Y       Y
+    endwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    isendwin                    Y       Y       Y
+    newterm                     Y       Y       Y
+    set_term                    Y       Y       Y
+    delscreen                   Y       Y       Y
+    resize_term                 -       Y       Y
+    set_tabsize                 -       Y       Y
+    curses_version              -       Y       -
+    is_termresized              -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+char ttytype[128];
+
+const char *_curses_notice = "PDCurses " PDC_VERDOT " - " __DATE__;
+
+SCREEN *SP = (SCREEN*)NULL;           /* curses variables */
+WINDOW *curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;      /* the current screen image */
+WINDOW *stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;      /* the default screen window */
+
+int LINES = 0;                        /* current terminal height */
+int COLS = 0;                         /* current terminal width */
+int TABSIZE = 8;
+
+MOUSE_STATUS Mouse_status;
+
+extern RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
+extern char linesrippedoff;
+
+WINDOW *initscr(void)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("initscr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (SP && SP->alive)
+        return NULL;
+
+    SP = calloc(1, sizeof(SCREEN));
+    if (!SP)
+        return NULL;
+
+    if (PDC_scr_open() == ERR)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP\n");
+        exit(8);
+    }
+
+    SP->autocr = TRUE;       /* cr -> lf by default */
+    SP->raw_out = FALSE;     /* tty I/O modes */
+    SP->raw_inp = FALSE;     /* tty I/O modes */
+    SP->cbreak = TRUE;
+    SP->key_modifiers = 0L;
+    SP->return_key_modifiers = FALSE;
+    SP->echo = TRUE;
+    SP->visibility = 1;
+    SP->resized = FALSE;
+    SP->_trap_mbe = 0L;
+    SP->linesrippedoff = 0;
+    SP->linesrippedoffontop = 0;
+    SP->delaytenths = 0;
+    SP->line_color = -1;
+    SP->lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    SP->dbfp = NULL;
+    SP->color_started = FALSE;
+    SP->dirty = FALSE;
+    SP->sel_start = -1;
+    SP->sel_end = -1;
+
+    SP->orig_cursor = PDC_get_cursor_mode();
+
+    LINES = SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
+    COLS = SP->cols = PDC_get_columns();
+
+    if (LINES < 2 || COLS < 2)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): LINES=%d COLS=%d: too small.\n",
+                LINES, COLS);
+        exit(4);
+    }
+
+    curscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0);
+    if (!curscr)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create curscr.\n");
+        exit(2);
+    }
+
+    SP->lastscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, 0, 0);
+    if (!SP->lastscr)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create SP->lastscr.\n");
+        exit(2);
+    }
+
+    wattrset(SP->lastscr, (chtype)(-1));
+    werase(SP->lastscr);
+
+    PDC_slk_initialize();
+    LINES -= SP->slklines;
+
+    /* We have to sort out ripped off lines here, and reduce the height
+       of stdscr by the number of lines ripped off */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < linesrippedoff; i++)
+    {
+        if (linesripped[i].line < 0)
+            (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS, LINES - 1, 0), COLS);
+        else
+            (*linesripped[i].init)(newwin(1, COLS,
+                                   SP->linesrippedoffontop++, 0), COLS);
+
+        SP->linesrippedoff++;
+        LINES--;
+    }
+
+    linesrippedoff = 0;
+
+    stdscr = newwin(LINES, COLS, SP->linesrippedoffontop, 0);
+    if (!stdscr)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "initscr(): Unable to create stdscr.\n");
+        exit(1);
+    }
+
+    wclrtobot(stdscr);
+
+    /* If preserving the existing screen, don't allow a screen clear */
+
+    if (SP->_preserve)
+    {
+        untouchwin(curscr);
+        untouchwin(stdscr);
+        stdscr->_clear = FALSE;
+        curscr->_clear = FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+        curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+
+    SP->atrtab = calloc(PDC_COLOR_PAIRS, sizeof(PDC_PAIR));
+    if (!SP->atrtab)
+        return NULL;
+    PDC_init_atrtab();  /* set up default colors */
+
+    MOUSE_X_POS = MOUSE_Y_POS = -1;
+    BUTTON_STATUS(1) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
+    BUTTON_STATUS(2) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
+    BUTTON_STATUS(3) = BUTTON_RELEASED;
+    Mouse_status.changes = 0;
+
+    SP->alive = TRUE;
+
+    def_shell_mode();
+
+    sprintf(ttytype, "pdcurses|PDCurses for %s", PDC_sysname());
+
+    SP->c_buffer = malloc(_INBUFSIZ * sizeof(int));
+    if (!SP->c_buffer)
+        return NULL;
+    SP->c_pindex = 0;
+    SP->c_gindex = 1;
+
+    SP->c_ungch = malloc(NUNGETCH * sizeof(int));
+    if (!SP->c_ungch)
+        return NULL;
+    SP->c_ungind = 0;
+    SP->c_ungmax = NUNGETCH;
+
+    return stdscr;
+}
+
+#ifdef XCURSES
+WINDOW *Xinitscr(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("Xinitscr() - called\n"));
+
+    PDC_set_args(argc, argv);
+    return initscr();
+}
+#endif
+
+int endwin(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("endwin() - called\n"));
+
+    /* Allow temporary exit from curses using endwin() */
+
+    def_prog_mode();
+    PDC_scr_close();
+
+    SP->alive = FALSE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+bool isendwin(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("isendwin() - called\n"));
+
+    return SP ? !(SP->alive) : FALSE;
+}
+
+SCREEN *newterm(const char *type, FILE *outfd, FILE *infd)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("newterm() - called\n"));
+
+    return initscr() ? SP : NULL;
+}
+
+SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *new)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("set_term() - called\n"));
+
+    /* We only support one screen */
+
+    return (new == SP) ? SP : NULL;
+}
+
+void delscreen(SCREEN *sp)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("delscreen() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP || sp != SP)
+        return;
+
+    free(SP->c_ungch);
+    free(SP->c_buffer);
+    free(SP->atrtab);
+
+    PDC_slk_free();     /* free the soft label keys, if needed */
+
+    delwin(stdscr);
+    delwin(curscr);
+    delwin(SP->lastscr);
+    stdscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    curscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    SP->lastscr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    SP->alive = FALSE;
+
+    PDC_scr_free();
+
+    free(SP);
+    SP = (SCREEN *)NULL;
+}
+
+int resize_term(int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("resize_term() - called: nlines %d\n", nlines));
+
+    if (!stdscr || PDC_resize_screen(nlines, ncols) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->resized = FALSE;
+
+    SP->lines = PDC_get_rows();
+    LINES = SP->lines - SP->linesrippedoff - SP->slklines;
+    SP->cols = COLS = PDC_get_columns();
+
+    if (SP->cursrow >= SP->lines)
+        SP->cursrow = SP->lines - 1;
+    if (SP->curscol >= SP->cols)
+        SP->curscol = SP->cols - 1;
+
+    if (wresize(curscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR ||
+        wresize(stdscr, LINES, COLS) == ERR ||
+        wresize(SP->lastscr, SP->lines, SP->cols) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    werase(SP->lastscr);
+    curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+
+    if (SP->slk_winptr)
+    {
+        if (wresize(SP->slk_winptr, SP->slklines, COLS) == ERR)
+            return ERR;
+
+        wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
+        wclrtobot(SP->slk_winptr);
+        PDC_slk_initialize();
+        slk_noutrefresh();
+    }
+
+    touchwin(stdscr);
+    wnoutrefresh(stdscr);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+bool is_termresized(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("is_termresized() - called\n"));
+
+    return SP->resized;
+}
+
+const char *curses_version(void)
+{
+    return _curses_notice;
+}
+
+void PDC_get_version(PDC_VERSION *ver)
+{
+    if (!ver)
+        return;
+
+    ver->flags = 0
+#ifdef PDCDEBUG
+        | PDC_VFLAG_DEBUG
+#endif
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+        | PDC_VFLAG_WIDE
+#endif
+#ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+        | PDC_VFLAG_UTF8
+#endif
+#ifdef PDC_DLL_BUILD
+        | PDC_VFLAG_DLL
+#endif
+#ifdef PDC_RGB
+        | PDC_VFLAG_RGB
+#endif
+        ;
+
+    ver->build = PDC_BUILD;
+    ver->major = PDC_VER_MAJOR;
+    ver->minor = PDC_VER_MINOR;
+    ver->csize = sizeof(chtype);
+    ver->bsize = sizeof(bool);
+}
+
+int set_tabsize(int tabsize)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("set_tabsize() - called: tabsize %d\n", tabsize));
+
+    if (tabsize < 1)
+        return ERR;
+
+    TABSIZE = tabsize;
+
+    return OK;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/inopts.c

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+inopts
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int cbreak(void);
+    int nocbreak(void);
+    int echo(void);
+    int noecho(void);
+    int halfdelay(int tenths);
+    int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int nl(void);
+    int nonl(void);
+    int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int raw(void);
+    int noraw(void);
+    void noqiflush(void);
+    void qiflush(void);
+    void timeout(int delay);
+    void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay);
+    int typeahead(int fildes);
+
+    int crmode(void);
+    int nocrmode(void);
+
+    bool is_keypad(const WINDOW *win);
+
+### Description
+
+   cbreak() and nocbreak() toggle cbreak mode. In cbreak mode,
+   characters typed by the user are made available immediately, and
+   erase/kill character processing is not performed. In nocbreak mode,
+   typed characters are buffered until a newline or carriage return.
+   Interrupt and flow control characters are unaffected by this mode.
+   PDCurses always starts in cbreak mode.
+
+   echo() and noecho() control whether typed characters are echoed by
+   the input routine. Initially, input characters are echoed. Subsequent
+   calls to echo() and noecho() do not flush type-ahead.
+
+   halfdelay() is similar to cbreak(), but allows for a time limit to be
+   specified, in tenths of a second. This causes getch() to block for
+   that period before returning ERR if no key has been received. tenths
+   must be between 1 and 255.
+
+   keypad() controls whether getch() returns function/special keys as
+   single key codes (e.g., the left arrow key as KEY_LEFT). Per X/Open,
+   the default for keypad mode is OFF. You'll probably want it on. With
+   keypad mode off, if a special key is pressed, getch() does nothing or
+   returns ERR.
+
+   nodelay() controls whether wgetch() is a non-blocking call. If the
+   option is enabled, and no input is ready, wgetch() will return ERR.
+   If disabled, wgetch() will hang until input is ready.
+
+   nl() enables the translation of a carriage return into a newline on
+   input. nonl() disables this. Initially, the translation does occur.
+
+   raw() and noraw() toggle raw mode. Raw mode is similar to cbreak
+   mode, in that characters typed are immediately passed through to the
+   user program. The difference is that in raw mode, the INTR, QUIT,
+   SUSP, and STOP characters are passed through without being
+   interpreted, and without generating a signal.
+
+   In PDCurses, the meta() function sets raw mode on or off.
+
+   timeout() and wtimeout() set blocking or non-blocking reads for the
+   specified window. If the delay is negative, a blocking read is used;
+   if zero, then non-blocking reads are done -- if no input is waiting,
+   ERR is returned immediately. If the delay is positive, the read
+   blocks for the delay period; if the period expires, ERR is returned.
+   The delay is given in milliseconds, but this is rounded down to 50ms
+   (1/20th sec) intervals, with a minimum of one interval if a postive
+   delay is given; i.e., 1-99 will wait 50ms, 100-149 will wait 100ms,
+   etc.
+
+   intrflush(), notimeout(), noqiflush(), qiflush() and typeahead() do
+   nothing in PDCurses, but are included for compatibility with other
+   curses implementations.
+
+   crmode() and nocrmode() are archaic equivalents to cbreak() and
+   nocbreak(), respectively.
+
+   is_keypad() reports whether the specified window is in keypad mode.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions except is_keypad() and the void functions return OK on
+   success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    cbreak                      Y       Y       Y
+    nocbreak                    Y       Y       Y
+    echo                        Y       Y       Y
+    noecho                      Y       Y       Y
+    halfdelay                   Y       Y       Y
+    intrflush                   Y       Y       Y
+    keypad                      Y       Y       Y
+    meta                        Y       Y       Y
+    nl                          Y       Y       Y
+    nonl                        Y       Y       Y
+    nodelay                     Y       Y       Y
+    notimeout                   Y       Y       Y
+    raw                         Y       Y       Y
+    noraw                       Y       Y       Y
+    noqiflush                   Y       Y       Y
+    qiflush                     Y       Y       Y
+    timeout                     Y       Y       Y
+    wtimeout                    Y       Y       Y
+    typeahead                   Y       Y       Y
+    crmode                      Y       Y       Y
+    nocrmode                    Y       Y       Y
+    is_keypad                   -       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int cbreak(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("cbreak() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->cbreak = TRUE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int nocbreak(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("nocbreak() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->cbreak = FALSE;
+    SP->delaytenths = 0;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int echo(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("echo() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->echo = TRUE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int noecho(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("noecho() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->echo = FALSE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int halfdelay(int tenths)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("halfdelay() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP || tenths < 1 || tenths > 255)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->delaytenths = tenths;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int intrflush(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("intrflush() - called\n"));
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int keypad(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("keypad() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_use_keypad = bf;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int meta(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("meta() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->raw_inp = bf;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int nl(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("nl() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->autocr = TRUE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int nonl(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("nonl() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->autocr = FALSE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int nodelay(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("nodelay() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_nodelay = flag;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int notimeout(WINDOW *win, bool flag)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("notimeout() - called\n"));
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int raw(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("raw() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    PDC_set_keyboard_binary(TRUE);
+    SP->raw_inp = TRUE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int noraw(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("noraw() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    PDC_set_keyboard_binary(FALSE);
+    SP->raw_inp = FALSE;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void noqiflush(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("noqiflush() - called\n"));
+}
+
+void qiflush(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("qiflush() - called\n"));
+}
+
+int typeahead(int fildes)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("typeahead() - called\n"));
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void wtimeout(WINDOW *win, int delay)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wtimeout() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return;
+
+    if (delay < 0)
+    {
+        /* This causes a blocking read on the window, so turn on delay
+           mode */
+
+        win->_nodelay = FALSE;
+        win->_delayms = 0;
+    }
+    else if (!delay)
+    {
+        /* This causes a non-blocking read on the window, so turn off
+           delay mode */
+
+        win->_nodelay = TRUE;
+        win->_delayms = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* This causes the read on the window to delay for the number of
+           milliseconds. Also forces the window into non-blocking read
+           mode */
+
+        /*win->_nodelay = TRUE;*/
+        win->_delayms = delay;
+    }
+}
+
+void timeout(int delay)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("timeout() - called\n"));
+
+    wtimeout(stdscr, delay);
+}
+
+int crmode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("crmode() - called\n"));
+
+    return cbreak();
+}
+
+int nocrmode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("nocrmode() - called\n"));
+
+    return nocbreak();
+}
+
+bool is_keypad(const WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("is_keypad() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    return win->_use_keypad;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/insch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+insch
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int insch(chtype ch);
+    int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+    int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+    int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+    int insrawch(chtype ch);
+    int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch);
+    int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch);
+    int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch);
+
+    int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch);
+    int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+    int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch);
+
+### Description
+
+   The insch() functions insert a chtype into the window at the current
+   or specified cursor position. The cursor is NOT advanced. A newline
+   is equivalent to clrtoeol(); tabs are expanded; other control
+   characters are converted as with unctrl().
+
+   The ins_wch() functions are the wide-character equivalents, taking
+   cchar_t pointers rather than chtypes.
+
+   Video attributes can be combined with a character by ORing them into
+   the parameter. Text, including attributes, can be copied from one
+   place to another using inch() and insch().
+
+   insrawch() etc. are PDCurses-specific wrappers for insch() etc. that
+   disable the translation of control characters.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    insch                       Y       Y       Y
+    winsch                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvinsch                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinsch                    Y       Y       Y
+    ins_wch                     Y       Y       Y
+    wins_wch                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvins_wch                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwins_wch                  Y       Y       Y
+    insrawch                    -       -       -
+    winsrawch                   -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int winsch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+    int x, y;
+    chtype attr;
+    bool xlat;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("winsch() - called: win=%p ch=%x (text=%c attr=0x%x)\n",
+             win, ch, ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    x = win->_curx;
+    y = win->_cury;
+
+    if (y > win->_maxy || x > win->_maxx || y < 0 || x < 0)
+        return ERR;
+
+    xlat = !SP->raw_out && !(ch & A_ALTCHARSET);
+    attr = ch & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+    ch &= A_CHARTEXT;
+
+    if (xlat && (ch < ' ' || ch == 0x7f))
+    {
+        int x2;
+
+        switch (ch)
+        {
+        case '\t':
+            for (x2 = ((x / TABSIZE) + 1) * TABSIZE; x < x2; x++)
+            {
+                if (winsch(win, attr | ' ') == ERR)
+                    return ERR;
+            }
+            return OK;
+
+        case '\n':
+            wclrtoeol(win);
+            break;
+
+        case 0x7f:
+            if (winsch(win, attr | '?') == ERR)
+                return ERR;
+
+            return winsch(win, attr | '^');
+
+        default:
+            /* handle control chars */
+
+            if (winsch(win, attr | (ch + '@')) == ERR)
+                return ERR;
+
+            return winsch(win, attr | '^');
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int maxx;
+        chtype *temp;
+
+        /* If the incoming character doesn't have its own attribute,
+           then use the current attributes for the window. If it has
+           attributes but not a color component, OR the attributes to
+           the current attributes for the window. If it has a color
+           component, use the attributes solely from the incoming
+           character. */
+
+        if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+            attr |= win->_attrs;
+
+        /* wrs (4/10/93): Apply the same sort of logic for the window
+           background, in that it only takes precedence if other color
+           attributes are not there and that the background character
+           will only print if the printing character is blank. */
+
+        if (!(attr & A_COLOR))
+            attr |= win->_bkgd & A_ATTRIBUTES;
+        else
+            attr |= win->_bkgd & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_COLOR);
+
+        if (ch == ' ')
+            ch = win->_bkgd & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+        /* Add the attribute back into the character. */
+
+        ch |= attr;
+
+        maxx = win->_maxx;
+        temp = &win->_y[y][x];
+
+        memmove(temp + 1, temp, (maxx - x - 1) * sizeof(chtype));
+
+        win->_lastch[y] = maxx - 1;
+
+        if ((win->_firstch[y] == _NO_CHANGE) || (win->_firstch[y] > x))
+            win->_firstch[y] = x;
+
+        *temp = ch;
+    }
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int insch(chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("insch() - called\n"));
+
+    return winsch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvinsch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinsch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwinsch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinsch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int winsrawch(WINDOW *win, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("winsrawch() - called: win=%p ch=%x "
+             "(char=%c attr=0x%x)\n", win, ch,
+             ch & A_CHARTEXT, ch & A_ATTRIBUTES));
+
+    if ((ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ' || (ch & A_CHARTEXT) == 0x7f)
+        ch |= A_ALTCHARSET;
+
+    return winsch(win, ch);
+}
+
+int insrawch(chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("insrawch() - called\n"));
+
+    return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvinsrawch(int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinsrawch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsrawch(stdscr, ch);
+}
+
+int mvwinsrawch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinsrawch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsrawch(win, ch);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wins_wch(WINDOW *win, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    return wch ? winsch(win, *wch) : ERR;
+}
+
+int ins_wch(const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("ins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvins_wch(int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wins_wch(stdscr, wch);
+}
+
+int mvwins_wch(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwins_wch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wins_wch(win, wch);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/insstr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+insstr
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int insstr(const char *str);
+    int insnstr(const char *str, int n);
+    int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str);
+    int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n);
+    int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str);
+    int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+    int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str);
+    int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n);
+
+    int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr);
+    int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   The insstr() functions insert a character string into a window at the
+   current cursor position, by repeatedly calling winsch(). When
+   PDCurses is built with wide-character support enabled, the narrow-
+   character functions treat the string as a multibyte string in the
+   current locale, and convert it first. All characters to the right of
+   the cursor are moved to the right, with the possibility of the
+   rightmost characters on the line being lost. The cursor position
+   does not change (after moving to y, x, if specified). The routines
+   with n as the last argument insert at most n characters; if n is
+   negative, then the entire string is inserted.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    insstr                      Y       Y       Y
+    winsstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvinsstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinsstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    insnstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    winsnstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvinsnstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinsnstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    ins_wstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    wins_wstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvins_wstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvwins_wstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    ins_nwstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    wins_nwstr                  Y       Y       Y
+    mvins_nwstr                 Y       Y       Y
+    mvwins_nwstr                Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int winsnstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str, int n)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t wstr[513], *p;
+    int i;
+#endif
+    int len;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("winsnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+    if (!win || !str)
+        return ERR;
+
+    len = strlen(str);
+
+    if (n < 0 || n > len)
+        n = len;
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    if (n > 512)
+        n = 512;
+
+    p = wstr;
+    i = 0;
+
+    while (str[i] && i < n)
+    {
+        int retval = PDC_mbtowc(p, str + i, n - i);
+
+        if (retval <= 0)
+            break;
+        p++;
+        i += retval;
+    }
+
+    while (p > wstr)
+        if (winsch(win, *--p) == ERR)
+#else
+    while (n)
+        if (winsch(win, (unsigned char)(str[--n])) == ERR)
+#endif
+            return ERR;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int insstr(const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("insstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+    return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int winsstr(WINDOW *win, const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("winsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+    return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvinsstr(int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinsstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\"\n", y, x, str));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsnstr(stdscr, str, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsnstr(win, str, -1);
+}
+
+int insnstr(const char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("insnstr() - called: string=\"%s\" n %d \n", str, n));
+
+    return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvinsnstr(int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+             y, x, str, n));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called: y %d x %d string=\"%s\" n %d \n",
+             y, x, str, n));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winsnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int wins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    const wchar_t *p;
+    int len;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wins_nwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !wstr)
+        return ERR;
+
+    for (len = 0, p = wstr; *p; p++)
+        len++;
+
+    if (n < 0 || n > len)
+        n = len;
+
+    while (n)
+        if (winsch(win, wstr[--n]) == ERR)
+            return ERR;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int ins_wstr(const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("ins_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int wins_wstr(WINDOW *win, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wins_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvins_wstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvins_wstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int mvwins_wstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinsstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, -1);
+}
+
+int ins_nwstr(const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("ins_nwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvins_nwstr(int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinsnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wins_nwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwins_nwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinsnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wins_nwstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/instr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+instr
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int instr(char *str);
+    int innstr(char *str, int n);
+    int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str);
+    int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n);
+    int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str);
+    int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+    int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str);
+    int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n);
+
+    int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr);
+    int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr);
+    int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
+    int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+    int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr);
+    int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   These functions take characters (or wide characters) from the current
+   or specified position in the window, and return them as a string in
+   str (or wstr). Attributes are ignored. The functions with n as the
+   last argument return a string at most n characters long.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   Upon successful completion, innstr(), mvinnstr(), mvwinnstr() and
+   winnstr() return the number of characters actually read into the
+   string; instr(), mvinstr(), mvwinstr() and winstr() return OK.
+   Otherwise, all these functions return ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    instr                       Y       Y       Y
+    winstr                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvinstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    innstr                      Y       Y       Y
+    winnstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvinnstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinnstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    inwstr                      Y       Y       Y
+    winwstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvinwstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinwstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    innwstr                     Y       Y       Y
+    winnwstr                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvinnwstr                   Y       Y       Y
+    mvwinnwstr                  Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int winnstr(WINDOW *win, char *str, int n)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t wstr[513];
+
+    if (n < 0 || n > 512)
+        n = 512;
+
+    if (winnwstr(win, wstr, n) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return PDC_wcstombs(str, wstr, n);
+#else
+    chtype *src;
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
+
+    if (!win || !str)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
+        n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
+
+    src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+        str[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+    str[i] = '\0';
+
+    return i;
+#endif
+}
+
+int instr(char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("instr() - called: string=\"%s\"\n", str));
+
+    return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int winstr(WINDOW *win, char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("winstr() - called: \n"));
+
+    return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvinstr(int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return (ERR == winnstr(stdscr, str, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvwinstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called: y %d x %d \n", y, x));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return (ERR == winnstr(win, str, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int innstr(char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("innstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
+
+    return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvinnstr(int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winnstr(stdscr, str, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, char *str, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinnstr() - called: y %d x %d n %d \n", y, x, n));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winnstr(win, str, n);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int winnwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    chtype *src;
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("winnstr() - called: n %d \n", n));
+
+    if (!win || !wstr)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (n < 0 || (win->_curx + n) > win->_maxx)
+        n = win->_maxx - win->_curx;
+
+    src = win->_y[win->_cury] + win->_curx;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+        wstr[i] = src[i] & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+    wstr[i] = L'\0';
+
+    return i;
+}
+
+int inwstr(wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("inwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int winwstr(WINDOW *win, wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("winwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvinwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return (ERR == winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, stdscr->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int mvwinwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return (ERR == winnwstr(win, wstr, win->_maxx)) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+int innwstr(wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("innwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvinnwstr(int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvinnstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winnwstr(stdscr, wstr, n);
+}
+
+int mvwinnwstr(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, wchar_t *wstr, int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwinnwstr() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return winnwstr(win, wstr, n);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/kernel.c

@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+kernel
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int def_prog_mode(void);
+    int def_shell_mode(void);
+    int reset_prog_mode(void);
+    int reset_shell_mode(void);
+    int resetty(void);
+    int savetty(void);
+    int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int));
+    int curs_set(int visibility);
+    int napms(int ms);
+
+    int draino(int ms);
+    int resetterm(void);
+    int fixterm(void);
+    int saveterm(void);
+
+### Description
+
+   def_prog_mode() and def_shell_mode() save the current terminal modes
+   as the "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state for use
+   by the reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() functions. This is
+   done automatically by initscr().
+
+   reset_prog_mode() and reset_shell_mode() restore the terminal to
+   "program" (in curses) or "shell" (not in curses) state. These are
+   done automatically by endwin() and doupdate() after an endwin(), so
+   they would normally not be called before these functions.
+
+   savetty() and resetty() save and restore the state of the terminal
+   modes. savetty() saves the current state in a buffer, and resetty()
+   restores the state to what it was at the last call to savetty().
+
+   curs_set() alters the appearance of the cursor. A visibility of 0
+   makes it disappear; 1 makes it appear "normal" (usually an underline)
+   and 2 makes it "highly visible" (usually a block).
+
+   ripoffline() reduces the size of stdscr by one line. If the "line"
+   parameter is positive, the line is removed from the top of the
+   screen; if negative, from the bottom. Up to 5 lines can be ripped off
+   stdscr by calling ripoffline() repeatedly. The function argument,
+   init, is called from within initscr() or newterm(), so ripoffline()
+   must be called before either of these functions. The init function
+   receives a pointer to a one-line WINDOW, and the width of the window.
+   Calling ripoffline() with a NULL init function pointer is an error.
+
+   napms() suspends the program for the specified number of
+   milliseconds. draino() is an archaic equivalent. Note that since
+   napms() attempts to give up a time slice and yield control back to
+   the OS, all times are approximate. (In DOS, the delay is actually
+   rounded down to 50ms (1/20th sec) intervals, with a minimum of one
+   interval; i.e., 1-99 will wait 50ms, 100-149 will wait 100ms, etc.)
+   0 returns immediately.
+
+   resetterm(), fixterm() and saveterm() are archaic equivalents for
+   reset_shell_mode(), reset_prog_mode() and def_prog_mode(),
+   respectively.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error, except
+   curs_set(), which returns the previous visibility.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    def_prog_mode               Y       Y       Y
+    def_shell_mode              Y       Y       Y
+    reset_prog_mode             Y       Y       Y
+    reset_shell_mode            Y       Y       Y
+    resetty                     Y       Y       Y
+    savetty                     Y       Y       Y
+    ripoffline                  Y       Y       Y
+    curs_set                    Y       Y       Y
+    napms                       Y       Y       Y
+    fixterm                     -       Y       -
+    resetterm                   -       Y       -
+    saveterm                    -       Y       -
+    draino                      -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+RIPPEDOFFLINE linesripped[5];
+char linesrippedoff = 0;
+
+static struct cttyset
+{
+    bool been_set;
+    SCREEN saved;
+} ctty[3];
+
+enum { PDC_SH_TTY, PDC_PR_TTY, PDC_SAVE_TTY };
+
+static void _save_mode(int i)
+{
+    ctty[i].been_set = TRUE;
+
+    memcpy(&(ctty[i].saved), SP, sizeof(SCREEN));
+
+    PDC_save_screen_mode(i);
+}
+
+static int _restore_mode(int i)
+{
+    if (ctty[i].been_set == TRUE)
+    {
+        memcpy(SP, &(ctty[i].saved), sizeof(SCREEN));
+
+        if (ctty[i].saved.raw_out)
+            raw();
+
+        PDC_restore_screen_mode(i);
+
+        if ((LINES != ctty[i].saved.lines) ||
+            (COLS != ctty[i].saved.cols))
+            resize_term(ctty[i].saved.lines, ctty[i].saved.cols);
+
+        PDC_curs_set(ctty[i].saved.visibility);
+
+        PDC_gotoyx(ctty[i].saved.cursrow, ctty[i].saved.curscol);
+    }
+
+    return ctty[i].been_set ? OK : ERR;
+}
+
+int def_prog_mode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("def_prog_mode() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    _save_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int def_shell_mode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("def_shell_mode() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    _save_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int reset_prog_mode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("reset_prog_mode() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    _restore_mode(PDC_PR_TTY);
+    PDC_reset_prog_mode();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int reset_shell_mode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("reset_shell_mode() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    _restore_mode(PDC_SH_TTY);
+    PDC_reset_shell_mode();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int resetty(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("resetty() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return _restore_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
+}
+
+int savetty(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("savetty() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    _save_mode(PDC_SAVE_TTY);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int curs_set(int visibility)
+{
+    int ret_vis;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
+
+    if (!SP || visibility < 0 || visibility > 2)
+        return ERR;
+
+    ret_vis = PDC_curs_set(visibility);
+
+    /* If the cursor is changing from invisible to visible, update
+       its position */
+
+    if (visibility && !ret_vis)
+        PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
+
+    return ret_vis;
+}
+
+int napms(int ms)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (SP->dirty)
+    {
+        int curs_state = SP->visibility;
+        bool leave_state = is_leaveok(curscr);
+
+        SP->dirty = FALSE;
+
+        leaveok(curscr, TRUE);
+
+        wrefresh(curscr);
+
+        leaveok(curscr, leave_state);
+        curs_set(curs_state);
+    }
+
+    if (ms)
+        PDC_napms(ms);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int ripoffline(int line, int (*init)(WINDOW *, int))
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("ripoffline() - called: line=%d\n", line));
+
+    if (linesrippedoff < 5 && line && init)
+    {
+        linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff].line = line;
+        linesripped[(int)linesrippedoff++].init = init;
+
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    return ERR;
+}
+
+int draino(int ms)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("draino() - called\n"));
+
+    return napms(ms);
+}
+
+int resetterm(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("resetterm() - called\n"));
+
+    return reset_shell_mode();
+}
+
+int fixterm(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("fixterm() - called\n"));
+
+    return reset_prog_mode();
+}
+
+int saveterm(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("saveterm() - called\n"));
+
+    return def_prog_mode();
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/keyname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+keyname
+-------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    char *keyname(int key);
+
+    char *key_name(wchar_t c);
+
+    bool has_key(int key);
+
+### Description
+
+   keyname() returns a string corresponding to the argument key. key may
+   be any key returned by wgetch().
+
+   key_name() is the wide-character version. It takes a wchar_t
+   parameter, but still returns a char *.
+
+   has_key() returns TRUE for recognized keys, FALSE otherwise. This
+   function is an ncurses extension.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    keyname                     Y       Y       Y
+    key_name                    Y       Y       Y
+    has_key                     -       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+static const char *names[] =
+{
+    "KEY_BREAK", "KEY_DOWN", "KEY_UP", "KEY_LEFT", "KEY_RIGHT",
+    "KEY_HOME", "KEY_BACKSPACE", "KEY_F0", "KEY_F(1)", "KEY_F(2)",
+    "KEY_F(3)", "KEY_F(4)", "KEY_F(5)", "KEY_F(6)", "KEY_F(7)",
+    "KEY_F(8)", "KEY_F(9)", "KEY_F(10)", "KEY_F(11)", "KEY_F(12)",
+    "KEY_F(13)", "KEY_F(14)", "KEY_F(15)", "KEY_F(16)", "KEY_F(17)",
+    "KEY_F(18)", "KEY_F(19)", "KEY_F(20)", "KEY_F(21)", "KEY_F(22)",
+    "KEY_F(23)", "KEY_F(24)", "KEY_F(25)", "KEY_F(26)", "KEY_F(27)",
+    "KEY_F(28)", "KEY_F(29)", "KEY_F(30)", "KEY_F(31)", "KEY_F(32)",
+    "KEY_F(33)", "KEY_F(34)", "KEY_F(35)", "KEY_F(36)", "KEY_F(37)",
+    "KEY_F(38)", "KEY_F(39)", "KEY_F(40)", "KEY_F(41)", "KEY_F(42)",
+    "KEY_F(43)", "KEY_F(44)", "KEY_F(45)", "KEY_F(46)", "KEY_F(47)",
+    "KEY_F(48)", "KEY_F(49)", "KEY_F(50)", "KEY_F(51)", "KEY_F(52)",
+    "KEY_F(53)", "KEY_F(54)", "KEY_F(55)", "KEY_F(56)", "KEY_F(57)",
+    "KEY_F(58)", "KEY_F(59)", "KEY_F(60)", "KEY_F(61)", "KEY_F(62)",
+    "KEY_F(63)", "KEY_DL", "KEY_IL", "KEY_DC", "KEY_IC", "KEY_EIC",
+    "KEY_CLEAR", "KEY_EOS", "KEY_EOL", "KEY_SF", "KEY_SR", "KEY_NPAGE",
+    "KEY_PPAGE", "KEY_STAB", "KEY_CTAB", "KEY_CATAB", "KEY_ENTER",
+    "KEY_SRESET", "KEY_RESET", "KEY_PRINT", "KEY_LL", "KEY_ABORT",
+    "KEY_SHELP", "KEY_LHELP", "KEY_BTAB", "KEY_BEG", "KEY_CANCEL",
+    "KEY_CLOSE", "KEY_COMMAND", "KEY_COPY", "KEY_CREATE", "KEY_END",
+    "KEY_EXIT", "KEY_FIND", "KEY_HELP", "KEY_MARK", "KEY_MESSAGE",
+    "KEY_MOVE", "KEY_NEXT", "KEY_OPEN", "KEY_OPTIONS", "KEY_PREVIOUS",
+    "KEY_REDO", "KEY_REFERENCE", "KEY_REFRESH", "KEY_REPLACE",
+    "KEY_RESTART", "KEY_RESUME", "KEY_SAVE", "KEY_SBEG", "KEY_SCANCEL",
+    "KEY_SCOMMAND", "KEY_SCOPY", "KEY_SCREATE", "KEY_SDC", "KEY_SDL",
+    "KEY_SELECT", "KEY_SEND", "KEY_SEOL", "KEY_SEXIT", "KEY_SFIND",
+    "KEY_SHOME", "KEY_SIC", "UNKNOWN KEY", "KEY_SLEFT", "KEY_SMESSAGE",
+    "KEY_SMOVE", "KEY_SNEXT", "KEY_SOPTIONS", "KEY_SPREVIOUS",
+    "KEY_SPRINT", "KEY_SREDO", "KEY_SREPLACE", "KEY_SRIGHT",
+    "KEY_SRSUME", "KEY_SSAVE", "KEY_SSUSPEND", "KEY_SUNDO",
+    "KEY_SUSPEND", "KEY_UNDO", "ALT_0", "ALT_1", "ALT_2", "ALT_3",
+    "ALT_4", "ALT_5", "ALT_6", "ALT_7", "ALT_8", "ALT_9", "ALT_A",
+    "ALT_B", "ALT_C", "ALT_D", "ALT_E", "ALT_F", "ALT_G", "ALT_H",
+    "ALT_I", "ALT_J", "ALT_K", "ALT_L", "ALT_M", "ALT_N", "ALT_O",
+    "ALT_P", "ALT_Q", "ALT_R", "ALT_S", "ALT_T", "ALT_U", "ALT_V",
+    "ALT_W", "ALT_X", "ALT_Y", "ALT_Z", "CTL_LEFT", "CTL_RIGHT",
+    "CTL_PGUP", "CTL_PGDN", "CTL_HOME", "CTL_END", "KEY_A1", "KEY_A2",
+    "KEY_A3", "KEY_B1", "KEY_B2", "KEY_B3", "KEY_C1", "KEY_C2",
+    "KEY_C3", "PADSLASH", "PADENTER", "CTL_PADENTER", "ALT_PADENTER",
+    "PADSTOP", "PADSTAR", "PADMINUS", "PADPLUS", "CTL_PADSTOP",
+    "CTL_PADCENTER", "CTL_PADPLUS", "CTL_PADMINUS", "CTL_PADSLASH",
+    "CTL_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADPLUS", "ALT_PADMINUS", "ALT_PADSLASH",
+    "ALT_PADSTAR", "ALT_PADSTOP", "CTL_INS", "ALT_DEL", "ALT_INS",
+    "CTL_UP", "CTL_DOWN", "CTL_TAB", "ALT_TAB", "ALT_MINUS",
+    "ALT_EQUAL", "ALT_HOME", "ALT_PGUP", "ALT_PGDN", "ALT_END",
+    "ALT_UP", "ALT_DOWN", "ALT_RIGHT", "ALT_LEFT", "ALT_ENTER",
+    "ALT_ESC", "ALT_BQUOTE", "ALT_LBRACKET", "ALT_RBRACKET",
+    "ALT_SEMICOLON", "ALT_FQUOTE", "ALT_COMMA", "ALT_STOP",
+    "ALT_FSLASH", "ALT_BKSP", "CTL_BKSP", "PAD0", "CTL_PAD0",
+    "CTL_PAD1", "CTL_PAD2", "CTL_PAD3", "CTL_PAD4", "CTL_PAD5",
+    "CTL_PAD6", "CTL_PAD7","CTL_PAD8", "CTL_PAD9", "ALT_PAD0",
+    "ALT_PAD1", "ALT_PAD2", "ALT_PAD3", "ALT_PAD4", "ALT_PAD5",
+    "ALT_PAD6", "ALT_PAD7", "ALT_PAD8", "ALT_PAD9", "CTL_DEL",
+    "ALT_BSLASH", "CTL_ENTER", "SHF_PADENTER", "SHF_PADSLASH",
+    "SHF_PADSTAR", "SHF_PADPLUS", "SHF_PADMINUS", "SHF_UP", "SHF_DOWN",
+    "SHF_IC", "SHF_DC", "KEY_MOUSE", "KEY_SHIFT_L", "KEY_SHIFT_R",
+    "KEY_CONTROL_L", "KEY_CONTROL_R", "KEY_ALT_L", "KEY_ALT_R",
+    "KEY_RESIZE", "KEY_SUP", "KEY_SDOWN"
+};
+
+char *keyname(int key)
+{
+    static char _keyname[14];
+
+    /* Key names must be in exactly the same order as in curses.h */
+
+    PDC_LOG(("keyname() - called: key %d\n", key));
+
+    strcpy(_keyname, ((key >= 0) && (key < 0x80)) ? unctrl((chtype)key) :
+           has_key(key) ? names[key - KEY_MIN] : "UNKNOWN KEY");
+
+    return _keyname;
+}
+
+bool has_key(int key)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("has_key() - called: key %d\n", key));
+
+    return (key >= KEY_MIN && key <= KEY_MAX);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+char *key_name(wchar_t c)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("key_name() - called\n"));
+
+    return keyname((int)c);
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/mouse.c

@@ -0,0 +1,421 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+mouse
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int mouse_set(mmask_t mbe);
+    int mouse_on(mmask_t mbe);
+    int mouse_off(mmask_t mbe);
+    int request_mouse_pos(void);
+    void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x);
+    mmask_t getmouse(void);
+
+    int mouseinterval(int wait);
+    bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+    bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
+    bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen);
+    mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask);
+    int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event);
+    int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event);
+    bool has_mouse(void);
+
+### Description
+
+   As of PDCurses 3.0, there are two separate mouse interfaces: the
+   classic interface, which is based on the undocumented Sys V mouse
+   functions; and an ncurses-compatible interface. Both are active at
+   all times, and you can mix and match functions from each, though it's
+   not recommended. The ncurses interface is essentially an emulation
+   layer built on top of the classic interface; it's here to allow
+   easier porting of ncurses apps.
+
+   The classic interface: mouse_set(), mouse_on(), mouse_off(),
+   request_mouse_pos(), wmouse_position(), and getmouse(). An
+   application using this interface would start by calling mouse_set()
+   or mouse_on() with a non-zero value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS. Then it
+   would check for a KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it would
+   call request_mouse_pos() to get the current mouse status.
+
+   mouse_set(), mouse_on() and mouse_off() are analagous to attrset(),
+   attron() and attroff(). These functions set the mouse button events
+   to trap. The button masks used in these functions are defined in
+   curses.h and can be or'ed together. They are the group of masks
+   starting with BUTTON1_RELEASED.
+
+   request_mouse_pos() requests curses to fill in the Mouse_status
+   structure with the current state of the mouse.
+
+   wmouse_position() determines if the current mouse position is within
+   the window passed as an argument. If the mouse is outside the current
+   window, -1 is returned in the y and x arguments; otherwise the y and
+   x coordinates of the mouse (relative to the top left corner of the
+   window) are returned in y and x.
+
+   getmouse() returns the current status of the trapped mouse buttons as
+   set by mouse_set() or mouse_on().
+
+   The ncurses interface: mouseinterval(), wenclose(), wmouse_trafo(),
+   mouse_trafo(), mousemask(), nc_getmouse(), ungetmouse() and
+   has_mouse(). A typical application using this interface would start
+   by calling mousemask() with a non-zero value, often ALL_MOUSE_EVENTS.
+   Then it would check for a KEY_MOUSE return from getch(). If found, it
+   would call nc_getmouse() to get the current mouse status.
+
+   mouseinterval() sets the timeout for a mouse click. On all current
+   platforms, PDCurses receives mouse button press and release events,
+   but must synthesize click events. It does this by checking whether a
+   release event is queued up after a press event. If it gets a press
+   event, and there are no more events waiting, it will wait for the
+   timeout interval, then check again for a release. A press followed by
+   a release is reported as BUTTON_CLICKED; otherwise it's passed
+   through as BUTTON_PRESSED. The default timeout is 150ms; valid values
+   are 0 (no clicks reported) through 1000ms. In x11, the timeout can
+   also be set via the clickPeriod resource. The return value from
+   mouseinterval() is the old timeout. To check the old value without
+   setting a new one, call it with a parameter of -1. Note that although
+   there's no classic equivalent for this function (apart from the
+   clickPeriod resource), the value set applies in both interfaces.
+
+   wenclose() reports whether the given screen-relative y, x coordinates
+   fall within the given window.
+
+   wmouse_trafo() converts between screen-relative and window-relative
+   coordinates. A to_screen parameter of TRUE means to convert from
+   window to screen; otherwise the reverse. The function returns FALSE
+   if the coordinates aren't within the window, or if any of the
+   parameters are NULL. The coordinates have been converted when the
+   function returns TRUE.
+
+   mouse_trafo() is the stdscr version of wmouse_trafo().
+
+   mousemask() is nearly equivalent to mouse_set(), but instead of
+   OK/ERR, it returns the value of the mask after setting it. (This
+   isn't necessarily the same value passed in, since the mask could be
+   altered on some platforms.) And if the second parameter is a non-null
+   pointer, mousemask() stores the previous mask value there. Also,
+   since the ncurses interface doesn't work with PDCurses' BUTTON_MOVED
+   events, mousemask() filters them out.
+
+   nc_getmouse() returns the current mouse status in an MEVENT struct.
+   This is equivalent to ncurses' getmouse(), renamed to avoid conflict
+   with PDCurses' getmouse(). But if you define PDC_NCMOUSE before
+   including curses.h, it defines getmouse() to nc_getmouse(), along
+   with a few other redefintions needed for compatibility with ncurses
+   code. nc_getmouse() calls request_mouse_pos(), which (not getmouse())
+   is the classic equivalent.
+
+   ungetmouse() is the mouse equivalent of ungetch(). However, PDCurses
+   doesn't maintain a queue of mouse events; only one can be pushed
+   back, and it can overwrite or be overwritten by real mouse events.
+
+   has_mouse() reports whether the mouse is available at all on the
+   current platform.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    mouse_set                   -       -       -
+    mouse_on                    -       -       -
+    mouse_off                   -       -       -
+    request_mouse_pos           -       -       -
+    wmouse_position             -       -       -
+    getmouse                    -       *       -
+    mouseinterval               -       Y       -
+    wenclose                    -       Y       -
+    wmouse_trafo                -       Y       -
+    mouse_trafo                 -       Y       -
+    mousemask                   -       Y       -
+    nc_getmouse                 -       *       -
+    ungetmouse                  -       Y       -
+    has_mouse                   -       Y       -
+
+    * See above, under Description
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+static bool ungot = FALSE;
+
+int mouse_set(mmask_t mbe)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mouse_set() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->_trap_mbe = mbe;
+    return PDC_mouse_set();
+}
+
+int mouse_on(mmask_t mbe)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mouse_on() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->_trap_mbe |= mbe;
+    return PDC_mouse_set();
+}
+
+int mouse_off(mmask_t mbe)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mouse_off() - called: event %x\n", mbe));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->_trap_mbe &= ~mbe;
+    return PDC_mouse_set();
+}
+
+int request_mouse_pos(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("request_mouse_pos() - called\n"));
+
+    Mouse_status = SP->mouse_status;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void wmouse_position(WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wmouse_position() - called\n"));
+
+    if (win && wenclose(win, MOUSE_Y_POS, MOUSE_X_POS))
+    {
+        if (y)
+            *y = MOUSE_Y_POS - win->_begy;
+        if (x)
+            *x = MOUSE_X_POS - win->_begx;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (y)
+            *y = -1;
+        if (x)
+            *x = -1;
+    }
+}
+
+mmask_t getmouse(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("getmouse() - called\n"));
+
+    return SP ? SP->_trap_mbe : (mmask_t)0;
+}
+
+/* ncurses mouse interface */
+
+int mouseinterval(int wait)
+{
+    int old_wait;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("mouseinterval() - called: %d\n", wait));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    old_wait = SP->mouse_wait;
+
+    if (wait >= 0 && wait <= 1000)
+        SP->mouse_wait = wait;
+
+    return old_wait;
+}
+
+bool wenclose(const WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wenclose() - called: %p %d %d\n", win, y, x));
+
+    return (win && y >= win->_begy && y < win->_begy + win->_maxy
+                && x >= win->_begx && x < win->_begx + win->_maxx);
+}
+
+bool wmouse_trafo(const WINDOW *win, int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
+{
+    int newy, newx;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wmouse_trafo() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || !y || !x)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    newy = *y;
+    newx = *x;
+
+    if (to_screen)
+    {
+        newy += win->_begy;
+        newx += win->_begx;
+
+        if (!wenclose(win, newy, newx))
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (wenclose(win, newy, newx))
+        {
+            newy -= win->_begy;
+            newx -= win->_begx;
+        }
+        else
+            return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    *y = newy;
+    *x = newx;
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool mouse_trafo(int *y, int *x, bool to_screen)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mouse_trafo() - called\n"));
+
+    return wmouse_trafo(stdscr, y, x, to_screen);
+}
+
+mmask_t mousemask(mmask_t mask, mmask_t *oldmask)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mousemask() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return (mmask_t)0;
+
+    if (oldmask)
+        *oldmask = SP->_trap_mbe;
+
+    /* The ncurses interface doesn't work with our move events, so
+       filter them here */
+
+    mask &= ~(BUTTON1_MOVED | BUTTON2_MOVED | BUTTON3_MOVED);
+
+    mouse_set(mask);
+
+    return SP->_trap_mbe;
+}
+
+int nc_getmouse(MEVENT *event)
+{
+    int i;
+    mmask_t bstate = 0;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("nc_getmouse() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!event || !SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    ungot = FALSE;
+
+    request_mouse_pos();
+
+    event->id = 0;
+
+    event->x = Mouse_status.x;
+    event->y = Mouse_status.y;
+    event->z = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    {
+        if (Mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
+        {
+            int shf = i * 5;
+            short button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_ACTION_MASK;
+
+            if (button == BUTTON_RELEASED)
+                bstate |= (BUTTON1_RELEASED << shf);
+            else if (button == BUTTON_PRESSED)
+                bstate |= (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf);
+            else if (button == BUTTON_CLICKED)
+                bstate |= (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf);
+            else if (button == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
+                bstate |= (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf);
+
+            button = Mouse_status.button[i] & BUTTON_MODIFIER_MASK;
+
+            if (button & PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT)
+                bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
+            if (button & PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL)
+                bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
+            if (button & PDC_BUTTON_ALT)
+                bstate |= BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (MOUSE_WHEEL_UP)
+        bstate |= BUTTON4_PRESSED;
+    else if (MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN)
+        bstate |= BUTTON5_PRESSED;
+
+    /* extra filter pass -- mainly for button modifiers */
+
+    event->bstate = bstate & SP->_trap_mbe;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int ungetmouse(MEVENT *event)
+{
+    int i;
+    mmask_t bstate;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("ungetmouse() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!event || ungot)
+        return ERR;
+
+    ungot = TRUE;
+
+    SP->mouse_status.x = event->x;
+    SP->mouse_status.y = event->y;
+
+    SP->mouse_status.changes = 0;
+    bstate = event->bstate;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    {
+        int shf = i * 5;
+        short button = 0;
+
+        if (bstate & ((BUTTON1_RELEASED | BUTTON1_PRESSED |
+            BUTTON1_CLICKED | BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED) << shf))
+        {
+            SP->mouse_status.changes |= 1 << i;
+
+            if (bstate & (BUTTON1_PRESSED << shf))
+                button = BUTTON_PRESSED;
+            if (bstate & (BUTTON1_CLICKED << shf))
+                button = BUTTON_CLICKED;
+            if (bstate & (BUTTON1_DOUBLE_CLICKED << shf))
+                button = BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED;
+
+            if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_SHIFT)
+                button |= PDC_BUTTON_SHIFT;
+            if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_CONTROL)
+                button |= PDC_BUTTON_CONTROL;
+            if (bstate & BUTTON_MODIFIER_ALT)
+                button |= PDC_BUTTON_ALT;
+        }
+
+        SP->mouse_status.button[i] = button;
+    }
+
+    if (bstate & BUTTON4_PRESSED)
+        SP->mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
+    else if (bstate & BUTTON5_PRESSED)
+        SP->mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN;
+
+    return PDC_ungetch(KEY_MOUSE);
+}
+
+bool has_mouse(void)
+{
+    return PDC_has_mouse();
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/move.c

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+move
+----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int move(int y, int x);
+    int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
+    int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+
+### Description
+
+   move() and wmove() move the cursor associated with the window to the
+   given location. This does not move the physical cursor of the
+   terminal until refresh() is called. The position specified is
+   relative to the upper left corner of the window, which is (0,0).
+
+   mvcur() moves the physical cursor without updating any window cursor
+   positions.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    move                        Y       Y       Y
+    mvcur                       Y       Y       Y
+    wmove                       Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int move(int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("move() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
+
+    if (!stdscr || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= stdscr->_maxx || y >= stdscr->_maxy)
+        return ERR;
+
+    stdscr->_curx = x;
+    stdscr->_cury = y;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvcur() - called: oldrow %d oldcol %d newrow %d newcol %d\n",
+             oldrow, oldcol, newrow, newcol));
+
+    if (!SP || newrow < 0 || newrow >= LINES || newcol < 0 || newcol >= COLS)
+        return ERR;
+
+    PDC_gotoyx(newrow, newcol);
+    SP->cursrow = newrow;
+    SP->curscol = newcol;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int wmove(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wmove() - called: y=%d x=%d\n", y, x));
+
+    if (!win || x < 0 || y < 0 || x >= win->_maxx || y >= win->_maxy)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_curx = x;
+    win->_cury = y;
+
+    return OK;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/outopts.c

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+outopts
+-------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    int setscrreg(int top, int bot);
+    int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bot);
+    int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+
+    int raw_output(bool bf);
+
+    bool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *win);
+
+### Description
+
+   With clearok(), if bf is TRUE, the next call to wrefresh() with this
+   window will clear the screen completely and redraw the entire screen.
+
+   immedok(), called with a second argument of TRUE, causes an automatic
+   wrefresh() every time a change is made to the specified window.
+
+   Normally, the hardware cursor is left at the location of the window
+   being refreshed. leaveok() allows the cursor to be left wherever the
+   update happens to leave it. It's useful for applications where the
+   cursor is not used, since it reduces the need for cursor motions. If
+   possible, the cursor is made invisible when this option is enabled.
+
+   wsetscrreg() sets a scrolling region in a window; "top" and "bot" are
+   the line numbers for the top and bottom margins. If this option and
+   scrollok() are enabled, any attempt to move off the bottom margin
+   will cause all lines in the scrolling region to scroll up one line.
+   setscrreg() is the stdscr version.
+
+   idlok() and idcok() do nothing in PDCurses, but are provided for
+   compatibility with other curses implementations.
+
+   raw_output() enables the output of raw characters using the standard
+   *add* and *ins* curses functions (that is, it disables translation of
+   control characters).
+
+   is_leaveok() reports whether the specified window is in leaveok mode.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions except is_leaveok() return OK on success and ERR on
+   error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    clearok                     Y       Y       Y
+    idlok                       Y       Y       Y
+    idcok                       Y       Y       Y
+    immedok                     Y       Y       Y
+    leaveok                     Y       Y       Y
+    setscrreg                   Y       Y       Y
+    wsetscrreg                  Y       Y       Y
+    scrollok                    Y       Y       Y
+    is_leaveok                  -       Y       Y
+    raw_output                  -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int clearok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("clearok() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_clear = bf;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int idlok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("idlok() - called\n"));
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void idcok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("idcok() - called\n"));
+}
+
+void immedok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("immedok() - called\n"));
+
+    if (win)
+        win->_immed = bf;
+}
+
+int leaveok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("leaveok() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_leaveit = bf;
+
+    curs_set(!bf);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int setscrreg(int top, int bottom)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("setscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
+
+    return wsetscrreg(stdscr, top, bottom);
+}
+
+int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *win, int top, int bottom)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wsetscrreg() - called: top %d bottom %d\n", top, bottom));
+
+    if (win && 0 <= top && top <= win->_cury &&
+        win->_cury <= bottom && bottom < win->_maxy)
+    {
+        win->_tmarg = top;
+        win->_bmarg = bottom;
+
+        return OK;
+    }
+    else
+        return ERR;
+}
+
+int scrollok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("scrollok() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_scroll = bf;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int raw_output(bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("raw_output() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->raw_out = bf;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+bool is_leaveok(const WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("is_leaveok() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    return win->_leaveit;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/overlay.c

@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+overlay
+-------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+    int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+    int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
+                int src_tc, int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br,
+                int dst_bc, int _overlay)
+
+### Description
+
+   overlay() and overwrite() copy all the text from src_w into dst_w.
+   The windows need not be the same size. Those characters in the source
+   window that intersect with the destination window are copied, so that
+   the characters appear in the same physical position on the screen.
+   The difference between the two functions is that overlay() is non-
+   destructive (blanks are not copied) while overwrite() is destructive
+   (blanks are copied).
+
+   copywin() is similar, but doesn't require that the two windows
+   overlap. The arguments src_tc and src_tr specify the top left corner
+   of the region to be copied. dst_tc, dst_tr, dst_br, and dst_bc
+   specify the region within the destination window to copy to. The
+   argument "overlay", if TRUE, indicates that the copy is done non-
+   destructively (as in overlay()); blanks in the source window are not
+   copied to the destination window. When overlay is FALSE, blanks are
+   copied.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    overlay                     Y       Y       Y
+    overwrite                   Y       Y       Y
+    copywin                     Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+/* Thanks to Andreas Otte <venn@@uni-paderborn.de> for the
+   corrected overlay()/overwrite() behavior. */
+
+static int _copy_win(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr,
+                     int src_tc, int src_br, int src_bc, int dst_tr,
+                     int dst_tc, bool _overlay)
+{
+    int col, line, y1, fc, *minchng, *maxchng;
+    chtype *w1ptr, *w2ptr;
+
+    int lc = 0;
+    int xdiff = src_bc - src_tc;
+    int ydiff = src_br - src_tr;
+
+    if (!src_w || !dst_w)
+        return ERR;
+
+    minchng = dst_w->_firstch;
+    maxchng = dst_w->_lastch;
+
+    for (y1 = 0; y1 < dst_tr; y1++)
+    {
+        minchng++;
+        maxchng++;
+    }
+
+    for (line = 0; line < ydiff; line++)
+    {
+        w1ptr = src_w->_y[line + src_tr] + src_tc;
+        w2ptr = dst_w->_y[line + dst_tr] + dst_tc;
+
+        fc = _NO_CHANGE;
+
+        for (col = 0; col < xdiff; col++)
+        {
+            if ((*w1ptr) != (*w2ptr) &&
+                !((*w1ptr & A_CHARTEXT) == ' ' && _overlay))
+            {
+                *w2ptr = *w1ptr;
+
+                if (fc == _NO_CHANGE)
+                    fc = col + dst_tc;
+
+                lc = col + dst_tc;
+            }
+
+            w1ptr++;
+            w2ptr++;
+        }
+
+        if (*minchng == _NO_CHANGE)
+        {
+            *minchng = fc;
+            *maxchng = lc;
+        }
+        else if (fc != _NO_CHANGE)
+        {
+            if (fc < *minchng)
+                *minchng = fc;
+            if (lc > *maxchng)
+                *maxchng = lc;
+        }
+
+        minchng++;
+        maxchng++;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int _copy_overlap(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, bool overlay)
+{
+    int first_line, first_col, last_line, last_col;
+    int src_start_x, src_start_y, dst_start_x, dst_start_y;
+    int xdiff, ydiff;
+
+    if (!src_w || !dst_w)
+        return ERR;
+
+    first_col = max(dst_w->_begx, src_w->_begx);
+    first_line = max(dst_w->_begy, src_w->_begy);
+
+    last_col = min(src_w->_begx + src_w->_maxx, dst_w->_begx + dst_w->_maxx);
+    last_line = min(src_w->_begy + src_w->_maxy, dst_w->_begy + dst_w->_maxy);
+
+    /* determine the overlapping region of the two windows in real
+       coordinates */
+
+    /* if no overlapping region, do nothing */
+
+    if ((last_col < first_col) || (last_line < first_line))
+        return OK;
+
+    /* size of overlapping region */
+
+    xdiff = last_col - first_col;
+    ydiff = last_line - first_line;
+
+    if (src_w->_begx <= dst_w->_begx)
+    {
+        src_start_x = dst_w->_begx - src_w->_begx;
+        dst_start_x = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        dst_start_x = src_w->_begx - dst_w->_begx;
+        src_start_x = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (src_w->_begy <= dst_w->_begy)
+    {
+        src_start_y = dst_w->_begy - src_w->_begy;
+        dst_start_y = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        dst_start_y = src_w->_begy - dst_w->_begy;
+        src_start_y = 0;
+    }
+
+    return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_start_y, src_start_x,
+                     src_start_y + ydiff, src_start_x + xdiff,
+                     dst_start_y, dst_start_x, overlay);
+}
+
+int overlay(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("overlay() - called\n"));
+
+    return _copy_overlap(src_w, dst_w, TRUE);
+}
+
+int overwrite(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("overwrite() - called\n"));
+
+    return _copy_overlap(src_w, dst_w, FALSE);
+}
+
+int copywin(const WINDOW *src_w, WINDOW *dst_w, int src_tr, int src_tc,
+            int dst_tr, int dst_tc, int dst_br, int dst_bc, int _overlay)
+{
+    int src_end_x, src_end_y;
+    int src_rows, src_cols, dst_rows, dst_cols;
+    int min_rows, min_cols;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("copywin() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!src_w || !dst_w || dst_w == curscr || dst_br >= dst_w->_maxy
+        || dst_bc >= dst_w->_maxx || dst_tr < 0 || dst_tc < 0)
+        return ERR;
+
+    src_rows = src_w->_maxy - src_tr;
+    src_cols = src_w->_maxx - src_tc;
+    dst_rows = dst_br - dst_tr + 1;
+    dst_cols = dst_bc - dst_tc + 1;
+
+    min_rows = min(src_rows, dst_rows);
+    min_cols = min(src_cols, dst_cols);
+
+    src_end_y = src_tr + min_rows;
+    src_end_x = src_tc + min_cols;
+
+    return _copy_win(src_w, dst_w, src_tr, src_tc, src_end_y, src_end_x,
+                     dst_tr, dst_tc, _overlay);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/pad.c

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+pad
+---
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols);
+    WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+                   int begy, int begx);
+    int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
+                 int sy2, int sx2);
+    int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1,
+                     int sy2, int sx2);
+    int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch);
+    int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch);
+
+    bool is_pad(const WINDOW *pad);
+
+### Description
+
+   A pad is a special kind of window, which is not restricted by the
+   screen size, and is not necessarily associated with a particular part
+   of the screen. You can use a pad when you need a large window, and
+   only a part of the window will be on the screen at one time. Pads are
+   not refreshed automatically (e.g., from scrolling or echoing of
+   input). You can't call wrefresh() with a pad as an argument; use
+   prefresh() or pnoutrefresh() instead. Note that these routines
+   require additional parameters to specify the part of the pad to be
+   displayed, and the location to use on the screen.
+
+   newpad() creates a new pad data structure.
+
+   subpad() creates a new sub-pad within a pad, at position (begy,
+   begx), with dimensions of nlines lines and ncols columns. This
+   position is relative to the pad, and not to the screen as with
+   subwin. Changes to either the parent pad or sub-pad will affect both.
+   When using sub-pads, you may need to call touchwin() before calling
+   prefresh().
+
+   pnoutrefresh() copies the specified pad to the virtual screen.
+
+   prefresh() calls pnoutrefresh(), followed by doupdate().
+
+   These routines are analogous to wnoutrefresh() and wrefresh(). (py,
+   px) specifies the upper left corner of the part of the pad to be
+   displayed; (sy1, sx1) and (sy2, sx2) describe the screen rectangle
+   that will contain the selected part of the pad.
+
+   pechochar() is functionally equivalent to addch() followed by a call
+   to prefresh(), with the last-used coordinates and dimensions.
+   pecho_wchar() is the wide-character version.
+
+   is_pad() reports whether the specified window is a pad.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions except is_pad() return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    newpad                      Y       Y       Y
+    subpad                      Y       Y       Y
+    prefresh                    Y       Y       Y
+    pnoutrefresh                Y       Y       Y
+    pechochar                   Y       Y       Y
+    pecho_wchar                 Y       Y       Y
+    is_pad                      -       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* save values for pechochar() */
+
+static int save_pminrow, save_pmincol;
+static int save_sminrow, save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol;
+
+WINDOW *newpad(int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("newpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d\n", nlines, ncols));
+
+    win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, 0, 0);
+    if (win)
+        win = PDC_makelines(win);
+
+    if (!win)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    werase(win);
+
+    win->_flags = _PAD;
+
+    /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call to
+       prefresh(). */
+
+    save_pminrow = 0;
+    save_pmincol = 0;
+    save_sminrow = 0;
+    save_smincol = 0;
+    save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
+    save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("subpad() - called: lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
+             nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+    if (!orig || !(orig->_flags & _PAD))
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    /* make sure window fits inside the original one */
+
+    if (begy < 0 || begx < 0 ||
+        (begy + nlines) > orig->_maxy ||
+        (begx + ncols)  > orig->_maxx)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    if (!nlines)
+        nlines = orig->_maxy - begy;
+
+    if (!ncols)
+        ncols = orig->_maxx - begx;
+
+    win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
+    if (!win)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    /* initialize window variables */
+
+    win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
+    win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
+    win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
+    win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
+    win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
+    win->_parent = orig;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+        win->_y[i] = orig->_y[begy + i] + begx;
+
+    win->_flags = _SUBPAD;
+
+    /* save default values in case pechochar() is the first call
+       to prefresh(). */
+
+    save_pminrow = 0;
+    save_pmincol = 0;
+    save_sminrow = 0;
+    save_smincol = 0;
+    save_smaxrow = min(LINES, nlines) - 1;
+    save_smaxcol = min(COLS, ncols) - 1;
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+int prefresh(WINDOW *win, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("prefresh() - called\n"));
+
+    if (pnoutrefresh(win, py, px, sy1, sx1, sy2, sx2) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    doupdate();
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *w, int py, int px, int sy1, int sx1, int sy2, int sx2)
+{
+    int num_cols;
+    int sline;
+    int pline;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("pnoutrefresh() - called\n"));
+
+    if (py < 0)
+        py = 0;
+    if (px < 0)
+        px = 0;
+    if (sy1 < 0)
+        sy1 = 0;
+    if (sx1 < 0)
+        sx1 = 0;
+
+    if ((!w || !(w->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) ||
+        (sy2 >= LINES) || (sx2 >= COLS)) ||
+        (sy2 < sy1) || (sx2 < sx1))
+        return ERR;
+
+    sline = sy1;
+    pline = py;
+
+    num_cols = min((sx2 - sx1 + 1), (w->_maxx - px));
+
+    while (sline <= sy2)
+    {
+        if (pline < w->_maxy)
+        {
+            memcpy(curscr->_y[sline] + sx1, w->_y[pline] + px,
+                   num_cols * sizeof(chtype));
+
+            if ((curscr->_firstch[sline] == _NO_CHANGE)
+                || (curscr->_firstch[sline] > sx1))
+                curscr->_firstch[sline] = sx1;
+
+            if (sx2 > curscr->_lastch[sline])
+                curscr->_lastch[sline] = sx2;
+
+            w->_firstch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE; /* updated now */
+            w->_lastch[pline] = _NO_CHANGE;  /* updated now */
+        }
+
+        sline++;
+        pline++;
+    }
+
+    if (w->_clear)
+    {
+        w->_clear = FALSE;
+        curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* position the cursor to the pad's current position if possible --
+       is the pad current position going to end up displayed? if not,
+       then don't move the cursor; if so, move it to the correct place */
+
+    if (!w->_leaveit && w->_cury >= py && w->_curx >= px &&
+         w->_cury <= py + (sy2 - sy1) && w->_curx <= px + (sx2 - sx1))
+    {
+        curscr->_cury = (w->_cury - py) + sy1;
+        curscr->_curx = (w->_curx - px) + sx1;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int pechochar(WINDOW *pad, chtype ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("pechochar() - called\n"));
+
+    if (waddch(pad, ch) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
+                    save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int pecho_wchar(WINDOW *pad, const cchar_t *wch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("pecho_wchar() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!wch || (waddch(pad, *wch) == ERR))
+        return ERR;
+
+    return prefresh(pad, save_pminrow, save_pmincol, save_sminrow,
+                    save_smincol, save_smaxrow, save_smaxcol);
+}
+#endif
+
+bool is_pad(const WINDOW *pad)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("is_pad() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!pad)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    return (pad->_flags & _PAD) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/panel.c

@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+panel
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan);
+    int del_panel(PANEL *pan);
+    int hide_panel(PANEL *pan);
+    int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx);
+    PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win);
+    PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan);
+    PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan);
+    int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan);
+    const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan);
+    WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan);
+    int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win);
+    int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr);
+    int show_panel(PANEL *pan);
+    int top_panel(PANEL *pan);
+    void update_panels(void);
+
+### Description
+
+   For historic reasons, and for compatibility with other versions of
+   curses, the panel functions are prototyped in a separate header,
+   panel.h. In many implementations, they're also in a separate library,
+   but PDCurses incorporates them.
+
+   The panel functions provide a way to have depth relationships between
+   curses windows. Panels can overlap without making visible the
+   overlapped portions of underlying windows. The initial curses window,
+   stdscr, lies beneath all panels. The set of currently visible panels
+   is the 'deck' of panels.
+
+   You can create panels, fetch and set their associated windows,
+   shuffle panels in the deck, and manipulate them in other ways.
+
+   bottom_panel() places pan at the bottom of the deck. The size,
+   location and contents of the panel are unchanged.
+
+   del_panel() deletes pan, but not its associated winwow.
+
+   hide_panel() removes a panel from the deck and thus hides it from
+   view.
+
+   move_panel() moves the curses window associated with pan, so that its
+   upper lefthand corner is at the supplied coordinates. (Don't use
+   mvwin() on the window.)
+
+   new_panel() creates a new panel associated with win and returns the
+   panel pointer. The new panel is placed at the top of the deck.
+
+   panel_above() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck above pan,
+   or NULL if pan is the top panel. If the value of pan passed is NULL,
+   this function returns a pointer to the bottom panel in the deck.
+
+   panel_below() returns a pointer to the panel in the deck below pan,
+   or NULL if pan is the bottom panel. If the value of pan passed is
+   NULL, this function returns a pointer to the top panel in the deck.
+
+   panel_hidden() returns OK if pan is hidden and ERR if it is not.
+
+   panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for
+   maintaining relevant information. This function returns a pointer to
+   that information previously set up by set_panel_userptr().
+
+   panel_window() returns a pointer to the curses window associated with
+   the panel.
+
+   replace_panel() replaces the current window of pan with win.
+
+   set_panel_userptr() - Each panel has a user pointer available for
+   maintaining relevant information. This function sets the value of
+   that information.
+
+   show_panel() makes a previously hidden panel visible and places it
+   back in the deck on top.
+
+   top_panel() places pan on the top of the deck. The size, location and
+   contents of the panel are unchanged.
+
+   update_panels() refreshes the virtual screen to reflect the depth
+   relationships between the panels in the deck. The user must use
+   doupdate() to refresh the physical screen.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   Each routine that returns a pointer to an object returns NULL if an
+   error occurs. Each panel routine that returns an integer, returns OK
+   if it executes successfully and ERR if it does not.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    bottom_panel                -       Y       Y
+    del_panel                   -       Y       Y
+    hide_panel                  -       Y       Y
+    move_panel                  -       Y       Y
+    new_panel                   -       Y       Y
+    panel_above                 -       Y       Y
+    panel_below                 -       Y       Y
+    panel_hidden                -       Y       Y
+    panel_userptr               -       Y       Y
+    panel_window                -       Y       Y
+    replace_panel               -       Y       Y
+    set_panel_userptr           -       Y       Y
+    show_panel                  -       Y       Y
+    top_panel                   -       Y       Y
+    update_panels               -       Y       Y
+
+  Credits:
+    Original Author - Warren Tucker <[email protected]>
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <panel.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+PANEL *_bottom_panel = (PANEL *)0;
+PANEL *_top_panel = (PANEL *)0;
+PANEL _stdscr_pseudo_panel = { (WINDOW *)0 };
+
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+
+static void dPanel(char *text, PANEL *pan)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("%s id=%s b=%s a=%s y=%d x=%d", text, pan->user,
+             pan->below ? pan->below->user : "--",
+             pan->above ? pan->above->user : "--",
+             pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx));
+}
+
+static void dStack(char *fmt, int num, PANEL *pan)
+{
+    char s80[80];
+
+    sprintf(s80, fmt, num, pan);
+    PDC_LOG(("%s b=%s t=%s", s80, _bottom_panel ? _bottom_panel->user : "--",
+             _top_panel    ? _top_panel->user    : "--"));
+
+    if (pan)
+        PDC_LOG(("pan id=%s", pan->user));
+
+    pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+    while (pan)
+    {
+        dPanel("stk", pan);
+        pan = pan->above;
+    }
+}
+
+/* debugging hook for wnoutrefresh */
+
+static void Wnoutrefresh(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    dPanel("wnoutrefresh", pan);
+    wnoutrefresh(pan->win);
+}
+
+static void Touchpan(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    dPanel("Touchpan", pan);
+    touchwin(pan->win);
+}
+
+static void Touchline(PANEL *pan, int start, int count)
+{
+    char s80[80];
+
+    sprintf(s80, "Touchline s=%d c=%d", start, count);
+    dPanel(s80, pan);
+    touchline(pan->win, start, count);
+}
+
+#else   /* PANEL_DEBUG */
+
+#define dPanel(text, pan)
+#define dStack(fmt, num, pan)
+#define Wnoutrefresh(pan) wnoutrefresh((pan)->win)
+#define Touchpan(pan) touchwin((pan)->win)
+#define Touchline(pan, start, count) touchline((pan)->win, start, count)
+
+#endif  /* PANEL_DEBUG */
+
+static bool _panels_overlapped(PANEL *pan1, PANEL *pan2)
+{
+    if (!pan1 || !pan2)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    return ((pan1->wstarty >= pan2->wstarty && pan1->wstarty < pan2->wendy)
+         || (pan2->wstarty >= pan1->wstarty && pan2->wstarty < pan1->wendy))
+        && ((pan1->wstartx >= pan2->wstartx && pan1->wstartx < pan2->wendx)
+         || (pan2->wstartx >= pan1->wstartx && pan2->wstartx < pan1->wendx));
+}
+
+static void _free_obscure(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure;  /* "this" one */
+    PANELOBS *nobs;                 /* "next" one */
+
+    while (tobs)
+    {
+        nobs = tobs->above;
+        free((char *)tobs);
+        tobs = nobs;
+    }
+    pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
+}
+
+static void _override(PANEL *pan, int show)
+{
+    int y;
+    PANEL *pan2;
+    PANELOBS *tobs = pan->obscure;      /* "this" one */
+
+    if (show == 1)
+        Touchpan(pan);
+    else if (!show)
+    {
+        Touchpan(pan);
+        Touchpan(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
+    }
+    else if (show == -1)
+        while (tobs && (tobs->pan != pan))
+            tobs = tobs->above;
+
+    while (tobs)
+    {
+        if ((pan2 = tobs->pan) != pan)
+            for (y = pan->wstarty; y < pan->wendy; y++)
+                if ((y >= pan2->wstarty) && (y < pan2->wendy) &&
+                   ((is_linetouched(pan->win, y - pan->wstarty)) ||
+                    (is_linetouched(stdscr, y))))
+                    Touchline(pan2, y - pan2->wstarty, 1);
+
+        tobs = tobs->above;
+    }
+}
+
+static void _calculate_obscure(void)
+{
+    PANEL *pan, *pan2;
+    PANELOBS *tobs;     /* "this" one */
+    PANELOBS *lobs;     /* last one */
+
+    pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+    while (pan)
+    {
+        if (pan->obscure)
+            _free_obscure(pan);
+
+        lobs = (PANELOBS *)0;
+        pan2 = _bottom_panel;
+
+        while (pan2)
+        {
+            if (_panels_overlapped(pan, pan2))
+            {
+                if ((tobs = malloc(sizeof(PANELOBS))) == NULL)
+                    return;
+
+                tobs->pan = pan2;
+                dPanel("obscured", pan2);
+                tobs->above = (PANELOBS *)0;
+
+                if (lobs)
+                    lobs->above = tobs;
+                else
+                    pan->obscure = tobs;
+
+                lobs  = tobs;
+            }
+
+            pan2 = pan2->above;
+        }
+
+        _override(pan, 1);
+        pan = pan->above;
+    }
+}
+
+/* check to see if panel is in the stack */
+
+static bool _panel_is_linked(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+    PANEL *pan2 = _bottom_panel;
+
+    while (pan2)
+    {
+        if (pan2 == pan)
+            return TRUE;
+
+        pan2 = pan2->above;
+    }
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* link panel into stack at top */
+
+static void _panel_link_top(PANEL *pan)
+{
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+    dStack("<lt%d>", 1, pan);
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        return;
+#endif
+    pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+    pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+
+    if (_top_panel)
+    {
+        _top_panel->above = pan;
+        pan->below = _top_panel;
+    }
+
+    _top_panel = pan;
+
+    if (!_bottom_panel)
+        _bottom_panel = pan;
+
+    _calculate_obscure();
+    dStack("<lt%d>", 9, pan);
+}
+
+/* link panel into stack at bottom */
+
+static void _panel_link_bottom(PANEL *pan)
+{
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+    dStack("<lb%d>", 1, pan);
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        return;
+#endif
+    pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+    pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+
+    if (_bottom_panel)
+    {
+        _bottom_panel->below = pan;
+        pan->above = _bottom_panel;
+    }
+
+    _bottom_panel = pan;
+
+    if (!_top_panel)
+        _top_panel = pan;
+
+    _calculate_obscure();
+    dStack("<lb%d>", 9, pan);
+}
+
+static void _panel_unlink(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    PANEL *prev;
+    PANEL *next;
+
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+    dStack("<u%d>", 1, pan);
+    if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        return;
+#endif
+    _override(pan, 0);
+    _free_obscure(pan);
+
+    prev = pan->below;
+    next = pan->above;
+
+    /* if non-zero, we will not update the list head */
+
+    if (prev)
+    {
+        prev->above = next;
+        if(next)
+            next->below = prev;
+    }
+    else if (next)
+        next->below = prev;
+
+    if (pan == _bottom_panel)
+        _bottom_panel = next;
+
+    if (pan == _top_panel)
+        _top_panel = prev;
+
+    _calculate_obscure();
+
+    pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+    pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+    dStack("<u%d>", 9, pan);
+
+}
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *   The following are the public functions for the panels library.     *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+int bottom_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    if (!pan)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (pan == _bottom_panel)
+        return OK;
+
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        hide_panel(pan);
+
+    _panel_link_bottom(pan);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int del_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    if (pan)
+    {
+        if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+            hide_panel(pan);
+
+        free((char *)pan);
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    return ERR;
+}
+
+int hide_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    if (!pan)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (!_panel_is_linked(pan))
+    {
+        pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+        pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+        return ERR;
+    }
+
+    _panel_unlink(pan);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int move_panel(PANEL *pan, int starty, int startx)
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+    int maxy, maxx;
+
+    if (!pan)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        _override(pan, 0);
+
+    win = pan->win;
+
+    if (mvwin(win, starty, startx) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+    getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
+    pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
+    pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
+
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        _calculate_obscure();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+PANEL *new_panel(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PANEL *pan;
+
+    if (!win)
+        return (PANEL *)NULL;
+
+    pan  = malloc(sizeof(PANEL));
+
+    if (!_stdscr_pseudo_panel.win)
+    {
+        _stdscr_pseudo_panel.win = stdscr;
+        _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstarty = 0;
+        _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wstartx = 0;
+        _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendy = LINES;
+        _stdscr_pseudo_panel.wendx = COLS;
+        _stdscr_pseudo_panel.user = "stdscr";
+        _stdscr_pseudo_panel.obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
+    }
+
+    if (pan)
+    {
+        int maxy, maxx;
+
+        pan->win = win;
+        pan->above = (PANEL *)0;
+        pan->below = (PANEL *)0;
+        getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+        getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
+        pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
+        pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
+#ifdef PANEL_DEBUG
+        pan->user = "new";
+#else
+        pan->user = (char *)0;
+#endif
+        pan->obscure = (PANELOBS *)0;
+        show_panel(pan);
+    }
+
+    return pan;
+}
+
+PANEL *panel_above(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+    return pan ? pan->above : _bottom_panel;
+}
+
+PANEL *panel_below(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+    return pan ? pan->below : _top_panel;
+}
+
+int panel_hidden(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+    if (!pan)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return _panel_is_linked(pan) ? ERR : OK;
+}
+
+const void *panel_userptr(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+    return pan ? pan->user : NULL;
+}
+
+WINDOW *panel_window(const PANEL *pan)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("panel_window() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!pan)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    return pan->win;
+}
+
+int replace_panel(PANEL *pan, WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int maxy, maxx;
+
+    if (!pan)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        _override(pan, 0);
+
+    pan->win = win;
+    getbegyx(win, pan->wstarty, pan->wstartx);
+    getmaxyx(win, maxy, maxx);
+    pan->wendy = pan->wstarty + maxy;
+    pan->wendx = pan->wstartx + maxx;
+
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        _calculate_obscure();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int set_panel_userptr(PANEL *pan, const void *uptr)
+{
+    if (!pan)
+        return ERR;
+
+    pan->user = uptr;
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int show_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    if (!pan)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (pan == _top_panel)
+        return OK;
+
+    if (_panel_is_linked(pan))
+        hide_panel(pan);
+
+    _panel_link_top(pan);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int top_panel(PANEL *pan)
+{
+    return show_panel(pan);
+}
+
+void update_panels(void)
+{
+    PANEL *pan;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("update_panels() - called\n"));
+
+    pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+    while (pan)
+    {
+        _override(pan, -1);
+        pan = pan->above;
+    }
+
+    if (is_wintouched(stdscr))
+        Wnoutrefresh(&_stdscr_pseudo_panel);
+
+    pan = _bottom_panel;
+
+    while (pan)
+    {
+        if (is_wintouched(pan->win) || !pan->above)
+            Wnoutrefresh(pan);
+
+        pan = pan->above;
+    }
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/printw.c

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+printw
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int printw(const char *fmt, ...);
+    int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
+    int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+    int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt,...);
+    int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+    int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+
+### Description
+
+   The printw() functions add a formatted string to the window at the
+   current or specified cursor position. The format strings are the same
+   as used in the standard C library's printf(). (printw() can be used
+   as a drop-in replacement for printf().)
+
+   The duplication between vwprintw() and vw_printw() is for historic
+   reasons. In PDCurses, they're the same.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return the number of characters printed, or ERR on
+   error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    printw                      Y       Y       Y
+    wprintw                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvprintw                    Y       Y       Y
+    mvwprintw                   Y       Y       Y
+    vwprintw                    Y       Y       Y
+    vw_printw                   Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int vwprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+    char printbuf[513];
+    int len;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("vwprintw() - called\n"));
+
+#ifdef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+    len = vsnprintf(printbuf, 512, fmt, varglist);
+#else
+    len = vsprintf(printbuf, fmt, varglist);
+#endif
+    return (waddstr(win, printbuf) == ERR) ? ERR : len;
+}
+
+int printw(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("printw() - called\n"));
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int wprintw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wprintw() - called\n"));
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int mvprintw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("mvprintw() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwprintw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int mvwprintw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwprintw() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwprintw(win, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int vw_printw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("vw_printw() - called\n"));
+
+    return vwprintw(win, fmt, varglist);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/refresh.c

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+refresh
+-------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int refresh(void);
+    int wrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+    int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win);
+    int doupdate(void);
+    int redrawwin(WINDOW *win);
+    int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int beg_line, int num_lines);
+
+### Description
+
+   wrefresh() copies the named window to the physical terminal screen,
+   taking into account what is already there in order to optimize cursor
+   movement. refresh() does the same, using stdscr. These routines must
+   be called to get any output on the terminal, as other routines only
+   manipulate data structures. Unless leaveok() has been enabled, the
+   physical cursor of the terminal is left at the location of the
+   window's cursor.
+
+   wnoutrefresh() and doupdate() allow multiple updates with more
+   efficiency than wrefresh() alone. wrefresh() works by first calling
+   wnoutrefresh(), which copies the named window to the virtual screen.
+   It then calls doupdate(), which compares the virtual screen to the
+   physical screen and does the actual update. A series of calls to
+   wrefresh() will result in alternating calls to wnoutrefresh() and
+   doupdate(), causing several bursts of output to the screen. By first
+   calling wnoutrefresh() for each window, it is then possible to call
+   doupdate() only once.
+
+   In PDCurses, redrawwin() is equivalent to touchwin(), and wredrawln()
+   is the same as touchline(). In some other curses implementations,
+   there's a subtle distinction, but it has no meaning in PDCurses.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    refresh                     Y       Y       Y
+    wrefresh                    Y       Y       Y
+    wnoutrefresh                Y       Y       Y
+    doupdate                    Y       Y       Y
+    redrawwin                   Y       Y       Y
+    wredrawln                   Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int begy, begx;     /* window's place on screen   */
+    int i, j;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wnoutrefresh() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+    if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
+        return ERR;
+
+    begy = win->_begy;
+    begx = win->_begx;
+
+    for (i = 0, j = begy; i < win->_maxy; i++, j++)
+    {
+        if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
+        {
+            chtype *src = win->_y[i];
+            chtype *dest = curscr->_y[j] + begx;
+
+            int first = win->_firstch[i]; /* first changed */
+            int last = win->_lastch[i];   /* last changed */
+
+            /* ignore areas on the outside that are marked as changed,
+               but really aren't */
+
+            while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
+                first++;
+
+            while (last >= first && src[last] == dest[last])
+                last--;
+
+            /* if any have really changed... */
+
+            if (first <= last)
+            {
+                memcpy(dest + first, src + first,
+                       (last - first + 1) * sizeof(chtype));
+
+                first += begx;
+                last += begx;
+
+                if (first < curscr->_firstch[j] ||
+                    curscr->_firstch[j] == _NO_CHANGE)
+                    curscr->_firstch[j] = first;
+
+                if (last > curscr->_lastch[j])
+                    curscr->_lastch[j] = last;
+            }
+
+            win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;  /* updated now */
+        }
+
+        win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;       /* updated now */
+    }
+
+    if (win->_clear)
+        win->_clear = FALSE;
+
+    if (!win->_leaveit)
+    {
+        curscr->_cury = win->_cury + begy;
+        curscr->_curx = win->_curx + begx;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int doupdate(void)
+{
+    int y;
+    bool clearall;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP || !curscr)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (isendwin())         /* coming back after endwin() called */
+    {
+        reset_prog_mode();
+        clearall = TRUE;
+        SP->alive = TRUE;   /* so isendwin() result is correct */
+    }
+    else
+        clearall = curscr->_clear;
+
+    for (y = 0; y < SP->lines; y++)
+    {
+        PDC_LOG(("doupdate() - Transforming line %d of %d: %s\n",
+                 y, SP->lines, (curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE) ?
+                 "Yes" : "No"));
+
+        if (clearall || curscr->_firstch[y] != _NO_CHANGE)
+        {
+            int first, last;
+
+            chtype *src = curscr->_y[y];
+            chtype *dest = SP->lastscr->_y[y];
+
+            if (clearall)
+            {
+                first = 0;
+                last = COLS - 1;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                first = curscr->_firstch[y];
+                last = curscr->_lastch[y];
+            }
+
+            while (first <= last)
+            {
+                int len = 0;
+
+                /* build up a run of changed cells; if two runs are
+                   separated by a single unchanged cell, ignore the
+                   break */
+
+                if (clearall)
+                    len = last - first + 1;
+                else
+                    while (first + len <= last &&
+                           (src[first + len] != dest[first + len] ||
+                            (len && first + len < last &&
+                             src[first + len + 1] != dest[first + len + 1])
+                           )
+                          )
+                        len++;
+
+                /* update the screen, and SP->lastscr */
+
+                if (len)
+                {
+                    PDC_transform_line(y, first, len, src + first);
+                    memcpy(dest + first, src + first, len * sizeof(chtype));
+                    first += len;
+                }
+
+                /* skip over runs of unchanged cells */
+
+                while (first <= last && src[first] == dest[first])
+                    first++;
+            }
+
+            curscr->_firstch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
+            curscr->_lastch[y] = _NO_CHANGE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    curscr->_clear = FALSE;
+
+    if (SP->visibility)
+        PDC_gotoyx(curscr->_cury, curscr->_curx);
+
+    SP->cursrow = curscr->_cury;
+    SP->curscol = curscr->_curx;
+
+    PDC_doupdate();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int wrefresh(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    bool save_clear;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wrefresh() - called\n"));
+
+    if ( !win || (win->_flags & (_PAD|_SUBPAD)) )
+        return ERR;
+
+    save_clear = win->_clear;
+
+    if (win == curscr)
+        curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+    else
+        wnoutrefresh(win);
+
+    if (save_clear && win->_maxy == SP->lines && win->_maxx == SP->cols)
+        curscr->_clear = TRUE;
+
+    return doupdate();
+}
+
+int refresh(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("refresh() - called\n"));
+
+    return wrefresh(stdscr);
+}
+
+int wredrawln(WINDOW *win, int start, int num)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wredrawln() - called: win=%p start=%d num=%d\n",
+        win, start, num));
+
+    if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + num > win->_maxy)
+        return ERR;
+
+    for (i = start; i < start + num; i++)
+    {
+        win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+        win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int redrawwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("redrawwin() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wredrawln(win, 0, win->_maxy);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/scanw.c

@@ -0,0 +1,581 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+scanw
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int scanw(const char *fmt, ...);
+    int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
+    int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+    int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
+    int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+    int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist);
+
+### Description
+
+   These routines correspond to the standard C library's scanf() family.
+   Each gets a string from the window via wgetnstr(), and uses the
+   resulting line as input for the scan.
+
+   The duplication between vwscanw() and vw_scanw() is for historic
+   reasons. In PDCurses, they're the same.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   On successful completion, these functions return the number of items
+   successfully matched. Otherwise they return ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    scanw                       Y       Y       Y
+    wscanw                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvscanw                     Y       Y       Y
+    mvwscanw                    Y       Y       Y
+    vwscanw                     Y       Y       Y
+    vw_scanw                    Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <ctype.h>
+# include <limits.h>
+
+static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *, const char *, va_list);
+
+# define vsscanf _pdc_vsscanf
+#endif
+
+int vwscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+    char scanbuf[256];
+
+    PDC_LOG(("vwscanw() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wgetnstr(win, scanbuf, 255) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return vsscanf(scanbuf, fmt, varglist);
+}
+
+int scanw(const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("scanw() - called\n"));
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wscanw() - called\n"));
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
+
+    if (move(y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwscanw(stdscr, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list args;
+    int retval;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("mvscanw() - called\n"));
+
+    if (wmove(win, y, x) == ERR)
+        return ERR;
+
+    va_start(args, fmt);
+    retval = vwscanw(win, fmt, args);
+    va_end(args);
+
+    return retval;
+}
+
+int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list varglist)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("vw_scanw() - called\n"));
+
+    return vwscanw(win, fmt, varglist);
+}
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VSSCANF
+
+/* _pdc_vsscanf() - Internal routine to parse and format an input
+   buffer. It scans a series of input fields; each field is formatted
+   according to a supplied format string and the formatted input is
+   stored in the variable number of addresses passed. Returns the number
+   of input fields or EOF on error.
+
+   Don't compile this unless required. Some compilers (at least Borland
+   C++ 3.0) have to link with math libraries due to the use of floats.
+
+   Based on vsscanf.c and input.c from emx 0.8f library source,
+   Copyright (c) 1990-1992 by Eberhard Mattes, who has kindly agreed to
+   its inclusion in PDCurses. */
+
+#define WHITE(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t' || (x) == '\n')
+
+#define NEXT(x) \
+        do { \
+            x = *buf++; \
+            if (!x) \
+               return (count ? count : EOF); \
+            ++chars; \
+           } while (0)
+
+#define UNGETC() \
+        do { \
+            --buf; --chars; \
+           } while (0)
+
+static int _pdc_vsscanf(const char *buf, const char *fmt, va_list arg_ptr)
+{
+    int count, chars, c, width, radix, d, i;
+    int *int_ptr;
+    long *long_ptr;
+    short *short_ptr;
+    char *char_ptr;
+    unsigned char f;
+    char neg, assign, ok, size;
+    long n;
+    char map[256], end;
+    double dx, dd, *dbl_ptr;
+    float *flt_ptr;
+    int exp;
+    char eneg;
+
+    count = 0;
+    chars = 0;
+    c = 0;
+    while ((f = *fmt) != 0)
+    {
+        if (WHITE(f))
+        {
+            do
+            {
+                ++fmt;
+                f = *fmt;
+            }
+            while (WHITE(f));
+            do
+            {
+                c = *buf++;
+                if (!c)
+                {
+                    if (!f || count)
+                        return count;
+                    else
+                        return EOF;
+                } else
+                    ++chars;
+            }
+            while (WHITE(c));
+            UNGETC();
+        } else if (f != '%')
+        {
+            NEXT(c);
+            if (c != f)
+                return count;
+            ++fmt;
+        } else
+        {
+            assign = TRUE;
+            width = INT_MAX;
+            char_ptr = NULL;
+            ++fmt;
+            if (*fmt == '*')
+            {
+                assign = FALSE;
+                ++fmt;
+            }
+            if (isdigit(*fmt))
+            {
+                width = 0;
+                while (isdigit(*fmt))
+                    width = width * 10 + (*fmt++ - '0');
+                if (!width)
+                    width = INT_MAX;
+            }
+            size = 0;
+            if (*fmt == 'h' || *fmt == 'l')
+                size = *fmt++;
+            f = *fmt;
+            switch (f)
+            {
+            case 'c':
+                if (width == INT_MAX)
+                    width = 1;
+                if (assign)
+                    char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
+                while (width > 0)
+                {
+                    --width;
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    if (assign)
+                    {
+                        *char_ptr++ = (char) c;
+                        ++count;
+                    }
+                }
+                break;
+            case '[':
+                memset(map, 0, 256);
+                end = 0;
+                ++fmt;
+                if (*fmt == '^')
+                {
+                    ++fmt;
+                    end = 1;
+                }
+                i = 0;
+                for (;;)
+                {
+                    f = (unsigned char) *fmt;
+                    switch (f)
+                    {
+                    case 0:
+                        /* avoid skipping past 0 */
+                        --fmt;
+                        NEXT(c);
+                        goto string;
+                    case ']':
+                        if (i > 0)
+                        {
+                            NEXT(c);
+                            goto string;
+                        }
+                        /* no break */
+                    default:
+                        if (fmt[1] == '-' && fmt[2]
+                            && f < (unsigned char)fmt[2])
+                        {
+                            memset(map + f, 1, (unsigned char)fmt[2] - f);
+                            fmt += 2;
+                        }
+                        else
+                            map[f] = 1;
+                        break;
+                    }
+                    ++fmt;
+                    ++i;
+                }
+            case 's':
+                memset(map, 0, 256);
+                map[' '] = 1;
+                map['\n'] = 1;
+                map['\r'] = 1;
+                map['\t'] = 1;
+                end = 1;
+                do
+                {
+                    NEXT(c);
+                }
+                while (WHITE(c));
+            string:
+                if (assign)
+                    char_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, char *);
+                while (width > 0 && map[(unsigned char) c] != end)
+                {
+                    --width;
+                    if (assign)
+                        *char_ptr++ = (char) c;
+                    c = *buf++;
+                    if (!c)
+                        break;
+                    else
+                        ++chars;
+                }
+                if (assign)
+                {
+                    *char_ptr = 0;
+                    ++count;
+                }
+                if (!c)
+                    return count;
+                else
+                    UNGETC();
+                break;
+            case 'f':
+            case 'e':
+            case 'E':
+            case 'g':
+            case 'G':
+                neg = ok = FALSE;
+                dx = 0.0;
+                do
+                {
+                    NEXT(c);
+                }
+                while (WHITE(c));
+                if (c == '+')
+                {
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    --width;
+                } else if (c == '-')
+                {
+                    neg = TRUE;
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    --width;
+                }
+                while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
+                {
+                    --width;
+                    dx = dx * 10.0 + (double) (c - '0');
+                    ok = TRUE;
+                    c = *buf++;
+                    if (!c)
+                        break;
+                    else
+                        ++chars;
+                }
+                if (width > 0 && c == '.')
+                {
+                    --width;
+                    dd = 10.0;
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
+                    {
+                        --width;
+                        dx += (double) (c - '0') / dd;
+                        dd *= 10.0;
+                        ok = TRUE;
+                        c = *buf++;
+                        if (!c)
+                            break;
+                        else
+                            ++chars;
+                    }
+                }
+                if (!ok)
+                    return count;
+                if (width > 0 && (c == 'e' || c == 'E'))
+                {
+                    eneg = FALSE;
+                    exp = 0;
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    --width;
+                    if (width > 0 && c == '+')
+                    {
+                        NEXT(c);
+                        --width;
+                    } else if (width > 0 && c == '-')
+                    {
+                        eneg = TRUE;
+                        NEXT(c);
+                        --width;
+                    }
+                    if (!(width > 0 && isdigit(c)))
+                    {
+                        UNGETC();
+                        return count;
+                    }
+                    while (width > 0 && isdigit(c))
+                    {
+                        --width;
+                        exp = exp * 10 + (c - '0');
+                        c = *buf++;
+                        if (!c)
+                            break;
+                        else
+                            ++chars;
+                    }
+                    if (eneg)
+                        exp = -exp;
+                    while (exp > 0)
+                    {
+                        dx *= 10.0;
+                        --exp;
+                    }
+                    while (exp < 0)
+                    {
+                        dx /= 10.0;
+                        ++exp;
+                    }
+                }
+                if (assign)
+                {
+                    if (neg)
+                        dx = -dx;
+                    if (size == 'l')
+                    {
+                        dbl_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, double *);
+                        *dbl_ptr = dx;
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        flt_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, float *);
+                        *flt_ptr = (float)dx;
+                    }
+                    ++count;
+                }
+                if (!c)
+                    return count;
+                else
+                    UNGETC();
+                break;
+            case 'i':
+                neg = FALSE;
+                radix = 10;
+                do
+                {
+                    NEXT(c);
+                }
+                while (WHITE(c));
+                if (!(width > 0 && c == '0'))
+                    goto scan_complete_number;
+                NEXT(c);
+                --width;
+                if (width > 0 && (c == 'x' || c == 'X'))
+                {
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    radix = 16;
+                    --width;
+                }
+                else if (width > 0 && (c >= '0' && c <= '7'))
+                    radix = 8;
+                goto scan_unsigned_number;
+            case 'd':
+            case 'u':
+            case 'o':
+            case 'x':
+            case 'X':
+                do
+                {
+                    NEXT(c);
+                }
+                while (WHITE(c));
+                switch (f)
+                {
+                case 'o':
+                    radix = 8;
+                    break;
+                case 'x':
+                case 'X':
+                    radix = 16;
+                    break;
+                default:
+                    radix = 10;
+                    break;
+                }
+            scan_complete_number:
+                neg = FALSE;
+                if (width > 0 && c == '+')
+                {
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    --width;
+                }
+                else if (width > 0 && c == '-' && radix == 10)
+                {
+                    neg = TRUE;
+                    NEXT(c);
+                    --width;
+                }
+            scan_unsigned_number:
+                n = 0;
+                ok = FALSE;
+                while (width > 0)
+                {
+                    --width;
+                    if (isdigit(c))
+                        d = c - '0';
+                    else if (isupper(c))
+                        d = c - 'A' + 10;
+                    else if (islower(c))
+                        d = c - 'a' + 10;
+                    else
+                        break;
+                    if (d < 0 || d >= radix)
+                        break;
+                    ok = TRUE;
+                    n = n * radix + d;
+                    c = *buf++;
+                    if (!c)
+                        break;
+                    else
+                        ++chars;
+                }
+                if (!ok)
+                    return count;
+                if (assign)
+                {
+                    if (neg)
+                        n = -n;
+                    switch (size)
+                    {
+                    case 'h':
+                        short_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, short *);
+                        *short_ptr = (short) n;
+                        break;
+                    case 'l':
+                        long_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, long *);
+                        *long_ptr = (long) n;
+                        break;
+                    default:
+                        int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
+                        *int_ptr = (int) n;
+                    }
+                    ++count;
+                }
+                if (!c)
+                    return count;
+                else
+                    UNGETC();
+                break;
+            case 'n':
+                if (assign)
+                {
+                    int_ptr = va_arg(arg_ptr, int *);
+                    *int_ptr = chars;
+                    ++count;
+                }
+                break;
+            default:
+                if (!f) /* % at end of string */
+                    return count;
+                NEXT(c);
+                if (c != f)
+                    return count;
+                break;
+            }
+            ++fmt;
+        }
+    }
+    return count;
+}
+#endif /* HAVE_VSSCANF */

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/scr_dump.c

@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+scr_dump
+--------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep);
+    WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep);
+    int scr_dump(const char *filename);
+    int scr_init(const char *filename);
+    int scr_restore(const char *filename);
+    int scr_set(const char *filename);
+
+### Description
+
+   getwin() reads window-related data previously stored in a file by
+   putwin(). It then creates and initialises a new window using that
+   data.
+
+   putwin() writes all data associated with a window into a file, using
+   an unspecified format. This information can be retrieved later using
+   getwin().
+
+   scr_dump() writes the current contents of the virtual screen to the
+   file named by filename in an unspecified format.
+
+   scr_restore() function sets the virtual screen to the contents of the
+   file named by filename, which must have been written using
+   scr_dump(). The next refresh operation restores the screen to the way
+   it looked in the dump file.
+
+   In PDCurses, scr_init() does nothing, and scr_set() is a synonym for
+   scr_restore(). Also, scr_dump() and scr_restore() save and load from
+   curscr. This differs from some other implementations, where
+   scr_init() works with curscr, and scr_restore() works with newscr;
+   but the effect should be the same. (PDCurses has no newscr.)
+
+### Return Value
+
+   On successful completion, getwin() returns a pointer to the window it
+   created. Otherwise, it returns a null pointer. Other functions return
+   OK or ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    putwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    getwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    scr_dump                    Y       Y       -
+    scr_init                    Y       Y       -
+    scr_restore                 Y       Y       -
+    scr_set                     Y       Y       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define DUMPVER 1   /* Should be updated whenever the WINDOW struct is
+                       changed */
+
+int putwin(WINDOW *win, FILE *filep)
+{
+    static const char *marker = "PDC";
+    static const unsigned char version = DUMPVER;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("putwin() - called\n"));
+
+    /* write the marker and the WINDOW struct */
+
+    if (filep && fwrite(marker, strlen(marker), 1, filep)
+              && fwrite(&version, 1, 1, filep)
+              && fwrite(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
+    {
+        int i;
+
+        /* write each line */
+
+        for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
+            if (!fwrite(win->_y[i], win->_maxx * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
+                return ERR;
+
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    return ERR;
+}
+
+WINDOW *getwin(FILE *filep)
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+    char marker[4];
+    int i, nlines, ncols;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("getwin() - called\n"));
+
+    win = malloc(sizeof(WINDOW));
+    if (!win)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    /* check for the marker, and load the WINDOW struct */
+
+    if (!filep || !fread(marker, 4, 1, filep) || strncmp(marker, "PDC", 3)
+        || marker[3] != DUMPVER || !fread(win, sizeof(WINDOW), 1, filep))
+    {
+        free(win);
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    nlines = win->_maxy;
+    ncols = win->_maxx;
+
+    /* allocate the line pointer array */
+
+    win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *));
+    if (!win->_y)
+    {
+        free(win);
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
+
+    win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
+    if (!win->_firstch)
+    {
+        free(win->_y);
+        free(win);
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
+    if (!win->_lastch)
+    {
+        free(win->_firstch);
+        free(win->_y);
+        free(win);
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate the lines */
+
+    win = PDC_makelines(win);
+    if (!win)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    /* read them */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+    {
+        if (!fread(win->_y[i], ncols * sizeof(chtype), 1, filep))
+        {
+            delwin(win);
+            return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    touchwin(win);
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+int scr_dump(const char *filename)
+{
+    FILE *filep;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("scr_dump() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+    if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "wb")) != NULL)
+    {
+        int result = putwin(curscr, filep);
+        fclose(filep);
+        return result;
+    }
+
+    return ERR;
+}
+
+int scr_init(const char *filename)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("scr_init() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int scr_restore(const char *filename)
+{
+    FILE *filep;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("scr_restore() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+    if (filename && (filep = fopen(filename, "rb")) != NULL)
+    {
+        WINDOW *replacement = getwin(filep);
+        fclose(filep);
+
+        if (replacement)
+        {
+            int result = overwrite(replacement, curscr);
+            delwin(replacement);
+            return result;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return ERR;
+}
+
+int scr_set(const char *filename)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("scr_set() - called: filename %s\n", filename));
+
+    return scr_restore(filename);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/scroll.c

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+scroll
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int scroll(WINDOW *win);
+    int scrl(int n);
+    int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n);
+
+### Description
+
+   scroll() causes the window to scroll up one line. This involves
+   moving the lines in the window data strcture.
+
+   With a positive n, scrl() and wscrl() scroll the window up n lines
+   (line i + n becomes i); otherwise they scroll the window down n
+   lines.
+
+   For these functions to work, scrolling must be enabled via
+   scrollok(). Note also that scrolling is not allowed if the supplied
+   window is a pad.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    scroll                      Y       Y       Y
+    scrl                        Y       Y       Y
+    wscrl                       Y       Y       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int wscrl(WINDOW *win, int n)
+{
+    int i, l, dir, start, end;
+    chtype blank, *temp;
+
+    /* Check if window scrolls. Valid for window AND pad */
+
+    if (!win || !win->_scroll || !n)
+        return ERR;
+
+    blank = win->_bkgd;
+
+    if (n > 0)
+    {
+        start = win->_tmarg;
+        end = win->_bmarg;
+        dir = 1;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        start = win->_bmarg;
+        end = win->_tmarg;
+        dir = -1;
+    }
+
+    for (l = 0; l < (n * dir); l++)
+    {
+        temp = win->_y[start];
+
+        /* re-arrange line pointers */
+
+        for (i = start; i != end; i += dir)
+            win->_y[i] = win->_y[i + dir];
+
+        win->_y[end] = temp;
+
+        /* make a blank line */
+
+        for (i = 0; i < win->_maxx; i++)
+            *temp++ = blank;
+    }
+
+    touchline(win, win->_tmarg, win->_bmarg - win->_tmarg + 1);
+
+    PDC_sync(win);
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int scrl(int n)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("scrl() - called\n"));
+
+    return wscrl(stdscr, n);
+}
+
+int scroll(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("scroll() - called\n"));
+
+    return wscrl(win, 1);
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/slk.c

@@ -0,0 +1,671 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+slk
+---
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int slk_init(int fmt);
+    int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify);
+    int slk_refresh(void);
+    int slk_noutrefresh(void);
+    char *slk_label(int labnum);
+    int slk_clear(void);
+    int slk_restore(void);
+    int slk_touch(void);
+    int slk_attron(const chtype attrs);
+    int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+    int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs);
+    int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts);
+    int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs);
+    int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts);
+    int slk_color(short color_pair);
+
+    int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify);
+
+    int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x);
+    void PDC_slk_free(void);
+    void PDC_slk_initialize(void);
+
+    wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
+
+### Description
+
+   These functions manipulate a window that contain Soft Label Keys
+   (SLK). To use the SLK functions, a call to slk_init() must be made
+   BEFORE initscr() or newterm(). slk_init() removes 1 or 2 lines from
+   the useable screen, depending on the format selected.
+
+   The line(s) removed from the screen are used as a separate window, in
+   which SLKs are displayed.
+
+   slk_init() requires a single parameter which describes the format of
+   the SLKs as follows:
+
+   0       3-2-3 format
+   1       4-4 format
+   2       4-4-4 format (ncurses extension)
+   3       4-4-4 format with index line (ncurses extension)
+   2 lines used
+   55      5-5 format (pdcurses format)
+
+   slk_refresh(), slk_noutrefresh() and slk_touch() are analogous to
+   refresh(), noutrefresh() and touch().
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    slk_init                    Y       Y       Y
+    slk_set                     Y       Y       Y
+    slk_refresh                 Y       Y       Y
+    slk_noutrefresh             Y       Y       Y
+    slk_label                   Y       Y       Y
+    slk_clear                   Y       Y       Y
+    slk_restore                 Y       Y       Y
+    slk_touch                   Y       Y       Y
+    slk_attron                  Y       Y       Y
+    slk_attrset                 Y       Y       Y
+    slk_attroff                 Y       Y       Y
+    slk_attr_on                 Y       Y       Y
+    slk_attr_set                Y       Y       Y
+    slk_attr_off                Y       Y       Y
+    slk_wset                    Y       Y       Y
+    PDC_mouse_in_slk            -       -       -
+    PDC_slk_free                -       -       -
+    PDC_slk_initialize          -       -       -
+    slk_wlabel                  -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+enum { LABEL_NORMAL = 8, LABEL_EXTENDED = 10, LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED = 12 };
+
+static int label_length = 0;
+static int labels = 0;
+static int label_fmt = 0;
+static int label_line = 0;
+static bool hidden = FALSE;
+
+static struct SLK {
+    chtype label[32];
+    int len;
+    int format;
+    int start_col;
+} *slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
+
+/* slk_init() is the slk initialization routine.
+   This must be called before initscr().
+
+   label_fmt = 0, 1 or 55.
+       0 = 3-2-3 format
+       1 = 4 - 4 format
+       2 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys)
+       3 = 4-4-4 format (ncurses extension for PC 12 function keys -
+    with index line)
+      55 = 5 - 5 format (extended for PC, 10 function keys) */
+
+int slk_init(int fmt)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_init() - called\n"));
+
+    if (SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    switch (fmt)
+    {
+    case 0:  /* 3 - 2 - 3 */
+        labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
+        break;
+
+    case 1:   /* 4 - 4 */
+        labels = LABEL_NORMAL;
+        break;
+
+    case 2:   /* 4 4 4 */
+        labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
+        break;
+
+    case 3:   /* 4 4 4  with index */
+        labels = LABEL_NCURSES_EXTENDED;
+        break;
+
+    case 55:  /* 5 - 5 */
+        labels = LABEL_EXTENDED;
+        break;
+
+    default:
+        return ERR;
+    }
+
+    label_fmt = fmt;
+
+    slk = calloc(labels, sizeof(struct SLK));
+
+    if (!slk)
+        labels = 0;
+
+    return slk ? OK : ERR;
+}
+
+/* draw a single button */
+
+static void _drawone(int num)
+{
+    int i, col, slen;
+
+    if (hidden)
+        return;
+
+    slen = slk[num].len;
+
+    switch (slk[num].format)
+    {
+    case 0:  /* LEFT */
+        col = 0;
+        break;
+
+    case 1:  /* CENTER */
+        col = (label_length - slen) / 2;
+
+        if (col + slen > label_length)
+            --col;
+        break;
+
+    default:  /* RIGHT */
+        col = label_length - slen;
+    }
+
+    wmove(SP->slk_winptr, label_line, slk[num].start_col);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < label_length; ++i)
+        waddch(SP->slk_winptr, (i >= col && i < (col + slen)) ?
+               slk[num].label[i - col] : ' ');
+}
+
+/* redraw each button */
+
+static void _redraw(void)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < labels; ++i)
+        _drawone(i);
+}
+
+/* slk_set() Used to set a slk label to a string.
+
+   labnum  = 1 - 8 (or 10) (number of the label)
+   label   = string (8 or 7 bytes total), or NULL
+   justify = 0 : left, 1 : center, 2 : right  */
+
+int slk_set(int labnum, const char *label, int justify)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t wlabel[32];
+
+    PDC_mbstowcs(wlabel, label, 31);
+    return slk_wset(labnum, wlabel, justify);
+#else
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_set() - called\n"));
+
+    if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
+        return ERR;
+
+    labnum--;
+
+    if (!label || !(*label))
+    {
+        /* Clear the label */
+
+        *slk[labnum].label = 0;
+        slk[labnum].format = 0;
+        slk[labnum].len = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int i, j = 0;
+
+        /* Skip leading spaces */
+
+        while (label[j] == ' ')
+            j++;
+
+        /* Copy it */
+
+        for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
+        {
+            chtype ch = label[i + j];
+
+            slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
+
+            if (!ch)
+                break;
+        }
+
+        /* Drop trailing spaces */
+
+        while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == ' '))
+            i--;
+
+        slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
+        slk[labnum].format = justify;
+        slk[labnum].len = i;
+    }
+
+    _drawone(labnum);
+
+    return OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+int slk_refresh(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_refresh() - called\n"));
+
+    return (slk_noutrefresh() == ERR) ? ERR : doupdate();
+}
+
+int slk_noutrefresh(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_noutrefresh() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return wnoutrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+char *slk_label(int labnum)
+{
+    static char temp[33];
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t *wtemp = slk_wlabel(labnum);
+
+    PDC_wcstombs(temp, wtemp, 32);
+#else
+    chtype *p;
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_label() - called\n"));
+
+    if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
+        return (char *)0;
+
+    for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
+        temp[i] = *p++;
+
+    temp[i] = '\0';
+#endif
+    return temp;
+}
+
+int slk_clear(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_clear() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    hidden = TRUE;
+    werase(SP->slk_winptr);
+    return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+int slk_restore(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_restore() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    hidden = FALSE;
+    _redraw();
+    return wrefresh(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+int slk_touch(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_touch() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    return touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
+}
+
+int slk_attron(const chtype attrs)
+{
+    int rc;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_attron() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    rc = wattron(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
+    _redraw();
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_attr_on(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_on() - called\n"));
+
+    return slk_attron(attrs);
+}
+
+int slk_attroff(const chtype attrs)
+{
+    int rc;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_attroff() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    rc = wattroff(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
+    _redraw();
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_attr_off(const attr_t attrs, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_off() - called\n"));
+
+    return slk_attroff(attrs);
+}
+
+int slk_attrset(const chtype attrs)
+{
+    int rc;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_attrset() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    rc = wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, attrs);
+    _redraw();
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_color(short color_pair)
+{
+    int rc;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_color() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    rc = wcolor_set(SP->slk_winptr, color_pair, NULL);
+    _redraw();
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+int slk_attr_set(const attr_t attrs, short color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_attr_set() - called\n"));
+
+    return slk_attrset(attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair));
+}
+
+static void _slk_calc(void)
+{
+    int i, center, col = 0;
+    label_length = COLS / labels;
+
+    if (label_length > 31)
+        label_length = 31;
+
+    switch (label_fmt)
+    {
+    case 0:     /* 3 - 2 - 3 F-Key layout */
+
+        --label_length;
+
+        slk[0].start_col = col;
+        slk[1].start_col = (col += label_length);
+        slk[2].start_col = (col += label_length);
+
+        center = COLS / 2;
+
+        slk[3].start_col = center - label_length + 1;
+        slk[4].start_col = center + 1;
+
+        col = COLS - (label_length * 3) + 1;
+
+        slk[5].start_col = col;
+        slk[6].start_col = (col += label_length);
+        slk[7].start_col = (col += label_length);
+        break;
+
+    case 1:     /* 4 - 4 F-Key layout */
+
+        for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
+        {
+            slk[i].start_col = col;
+            col += label_length;
+
+            if (i == 3)
+                col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
+        }
+
+        break;
+
+    case 2:     /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout */
+    case 3:     /* 4 4 4 F-Key layout with index */
+
+        for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+        {
+            slk[i].start_col = col;
+            col += label_length;
+        }
+
+        center = COLS / 2;
+
+        slk[4].start_col = center - (label_length * 2) + 1;
+        slk[5].start_col = center - label_length + 1;
+        slk[6].start_col = center + 1;
+        slk[7].start_col = center + label_length + 1;
+
+        col = COLS - (label_length * 4) + 1;
+
+        for (i = 8; i < 12; i++)
+        {
+            slk[i].start_col = col;
+            col += label_length;
+        }
+
+        break;
+
+    default:    /* 5 - 5 F-Key layout */
+
+        for (i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+        {
+            slk[i].start_col = col;
+            col += label_length;
+
+            if (i == 4)
+                col = COLS - (label_length * 5) + 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    --label_length;
+
+    /* make sure labels are all in window */
+
+    _redraw();
+}
+
+void PDC_slk_initialize(void)
+{
+    if (slk)
+    {
+        if (label_fmt == 3)
+        {
+            SP->slklines = 2;
+            label_line = 1;
+        }
+        else
+            SP->slklines = 1;
+
+        if (!SP->slk_winptr)
+        {
+            SP->slk_winptr = newwin(SP->slklines, COLS,
+                                    LINES - SP->slklines, 0);
+            if (!SP->slk_winptr)
+                return;
+
+            wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_REVERSE);
+        }
+
+        _slk_calc();
+
+        /* if we have an index line, display it now */
+
+        if (label_fmt == 3)
+        {
+            chtype save_attr;
+            int i;
+
+            save_attr = SP->slk_winptr->_attrs;
+            wattrset(SP->slk_winptr, A_NORMAL);
+            wmove(SP->slk_winptr, 0, 0);
+            whline(SP->slk_winptr, 0, COLS);
+
+            for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
+                mvwprintw(SP->slk_winptr, 0, slk[i].start_col, "F%d", i + 1);
+
+            SP->slk_winptr->_attrs = save_attr;
+        }
+
+        touchwin(SP->slk_winptr);
+    }
+}
+
+void PDC_slk_free(void)
+{
+    if (slk)
+    {
+        if (SP->slk_winptr)
+        {
+            delwin(SP->slk_winptr);
+            SP->slk_winptr = (WINDOW *)NULL;
+        }
+
+        free(slk);
+        slk = (struct SLK *)NULL;
+
+        label_length = 0;
+        labels = 0;
+        label_fmt = 0;
+        label_line = 0;
+        hidden = FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+int PDC_mouse_in_slk(int y, int x)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_mouse_in_slk() - called: y->%d x->%d\n", y, x));
+
+    /* If the line on which the mouse was clicked is NOT the last line
+       of the screen, we are not interested in it. */
+
+    if (!slk || !SP->slk_winptr || (y != SP->slk_winptr->_begy + label_line))
+        return 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < labels; i++)
+        if (x >= slk[i].start_col && x < (slk[i].start_col + label_length))
+            return i + 1;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int slk_wset(int labnum, const wchar_t *label, int justify)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_wset() - called\n"));
+
+    if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels || justify < 0 || justify > 2)
+        return ERR;
+
+    labnum--;
+
+    if (!label || !(*label))
+    {
+        /* Clear the label */
+
+        *slk[labnum].label = 0;
+        slk[labnum].format = 0;
+        slk[labnum].len = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        int i, j = 0;
+
+        /* Skip leading spaces */
+
+        while (label[j] == L' ')
+            j++;
+
+        /* Copy it */
+
+        for (i = 0; i < label_length; i++)
+        {
+            chtype ch = label[i + j];
+
+            slk[labnum].label[i] = ch;
+
+            if (!ch)
+                break;
+        }
+
+        /* Drop trailing spaces */
+
+        while ((i + j) && (label[i + j - 1] == L' '))
+            i--;
+
+        slk[labnum].label[i] = 0;
+        slk[labnum].format = justify;
+        slk[labnum].len = i;
+    }
+
+    _drawone(labnum);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+wchar_t *slk_wlabel(int labnum)
+{
+    static wchar_t temp[33];
+    chtype *p;
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("slk_wlabel() - called\n"));
+
+    if (labnum < 1 || labnum > labels)
+        return (wchar_t *)0;
+
+    for (i = 0, p = slk[labnum - 1].label; *p; i++)
+        temp[i] = *p++;
+
+    temp[i] = '\0';
+
+    return temp;
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/termattr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+termattr
+--------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int baudrate(void);
+    char erasechar(void);
+    bool has_ic(void);
+    bool has_il(void);
+    char killchar(void);
+    char *longname(void);
+    chtype termattrs(void);
+    attr_t term_attrs(void);
+    char *termname(void);
+
+    int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch);
+    int killwchar(wchar_t *ch);
+
+    char wordchar(void);
+
+### Description
+
+   baudrate() is supposed to return the output speed of the terminal. In
+   PDCurses, it simply returns INT_MAX.
+
+   has_ic and has_il() return TRUE. These functions have meaning in some
+   other implementations of curses.
+
+   erasechar() and killchar() return ^H and ^U, respectively -- the
+   ERASE and KILL characters. In other curses implementations, these may
+   vary by terminal type. erasewchar() and killwchar() are the wide-
+   character versions; they take a pointer to a location in which to
+   store the character, and return OK or ERR.
+
+   longname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a verbose
+   description of the current terminal. The maximum length of the string
+   is 128 characters. It is defined only after the call to initscr() or
+   newterm().
+
+   termname() returns a pointer to a static area containing a short
+   description of the current terminal (14 characters).
+
+   termattrs() returns a logical OR of all video attributes supported by
+   the terminal.
+
+   wordchar() is a PDCurses extension of the concept behind the
+   functions erasechar() and killchar(), returning the "delete word"
+   character, ^W.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    baudrate                    Y       Y       Y
+    erasechar                   Y       Y       Y
+    has_ic                      Y       Y       Y
+    has_il                      Y       Y       Y
+    killchar                    Y       Y       Y
+    longname                    Y       Y       Y
+    termattrs                   Y       Y       Y
+    termname                    Y       Y       Y
+    erasewchar                  Y       Y       Y
+    killwchar                   Y       Y       Y
+    term_attrs                  Y       Y       Y
+    wordchar                    -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+int baudrate(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("baudrate() - called\n"));
+
+    return INT_MAX;
+}
+
+char erasechar(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("erasechar() - called\n"));
+
+    return _ECHAR;      /* character delete char (^H) */
+}
+
+bool has_ic(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("has_ic() - called\n"));
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool has_il(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("has_il() - called\n"));
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+char killchar(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("killchar() - called\n"));
+
+    return _DLCHAR;     /* line delete char (^U) */
+}
+
+char *longname(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("longname() - called\n"));
+
+    return ttytype + 9; /* skip "pdcurses|" */
+}
+
+chtype termattrs(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("termattrs() - called\n"));
+
+    return SP ? SP->termattrs : (chtype)0;
+}
+
+attr_t term_attrs(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("term_attrs() - called\n"));
+
+    return SP ? SP->termattrs : (attr_t)0;
+}
+
+char *termname(void)
+{
+    static char _termname[14] = "pdcurses";
+
+    PDC_LOG(("termname() - called\n"));
+
+    return _termname;
+}
+
+char wordchar(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("wordchar() - called\n"));
+
+    return _DWCHAR;         /* word delete char */
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int erasewchar(wchar_t *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("erasewchar() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!ch)
+        return ERR;
+
+    *ch = (wchar_t)_ECHAR;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int killwchar(wchar_t *ch)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("killwchar() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!ch)
+        return ERR;
+
+    *ch = (wchar_t)_DLCHAR;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/touch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+touch
+-----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int touchwin(WINDOW *win);
+    int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count);
+    int untouchwin(WINDOW *win);
+    int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed);
+    bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line);
+    bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win);
+
+    int touchoverlap(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2);
+
+### Description
+
+   touchwin() and touchline() throw away all information about which
+   parts of the window have been touched, pretending that the entire
+   window has been drawn on. This is sometimes necessary when using
+   overlapping windows, since a change to one window will affect the
+   other window, but the records of which lines have been changed in the
+   other window will not reflect the change.
+
+   untouchwin() marks all lines in the window as unchanged since the
+   last call to wrefresh().
+
+   wtouchln() makes n lines in the window, starting at line y, look as
+   if they have (changed == 1) or have not (changed == 0) been changed
+   since the last call to wrefresh().
+
+   is_linetouched() returns TRUE if the specified line in the specified
+   window has been changed since the last call to wrefresh().
+
+   is_wintouched() returns TRUE if the specified window has been changed
+   since the last call to wrefresh().
+
+   touchoverlap(win1, win2) marks the portion of win2 which overlaps
+   with win1 as modified.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   All functions return OK on success and ERR on error except
+   is_wintouched() and is_linetouched().
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    touchwin                    Y       Y       Y
+    touchline                   Y       Y       Y
+    untouchwin                  Y       Y       Y
+    wtouchln                    Y       Y       Y
+    is_linetouched              Y       Y       Y
+    is_wintouched               Y       Y       Y
+    touchoverlap                -       -       Y
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int touchwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("touchwin() - called: Win=%x\n", win));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+    {
+        win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+        win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int touchline(WINDOW *win, int start, int count)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("touchline() - called: win=%p start %d count %d\n",
+             win, start, count));
+
+    if (!win || start > win->_maxy || start + count > win->_maxy)
+        return ERR;
+
+    for (i = start; i < start + count; i++)
+    {
+        win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+        win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int untouchwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("untouchwin() - called: win=%p", win));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+    {
+        win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+        win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int wtouchln(WINDOW *win, int y, int n, int changed)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wtouchln() - called: win=%p y=%d n=%d changed=%d\n",
+             win, y, n, changed));
+
+    if (!win || y > win->_maxy || y + n > win->_maxy)
+        return ERR;
+
+    for (i = y; i < y + n; i++)
+    {
+        if (changed)
+        {
+            win->_firstch[i] = 0;
+            win->_lastch[i] = win->_maxx - 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            win->_firstch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+            win->_lastch[i] = _NO_CHANGE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *win, int line)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("is_linetouched() - called: win=%p line=%d\n", win, line));
+
+    if (!win || line > win->_maxy || line < 0)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    return (win->_firstch[line] != _NO_CHANGE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("is_wintouched() - called: win=%p\n", win));
+
+    if (win)
+        for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+            if (win->_firstch[i] != _NO_CHANGE)
+                return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+int touchoverlap(const WINDOW *win1, WINDOW *win2)
+{
+    int y, endy, endx, starty, startx;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("touchoverlap() - called: win1=%p win2=%p\n", win1, win2));
+
+    if (!win1 || !win2)
+        return ERR;
+
+    starty = max(win1->_begy, win2->_begy);
+    startx = max(win1->_begx, win2->_begx);
+    endy = min(win1->_maxy + win1->_begy, win2->_maxy + win2->_begy);
+    endx = min(win1->_maxx + win1->_begx, win2->_maxx + win2->_begx);
+
+    if (starty >= endy || startx >= endx)
+        return OK;
+
+    starty -= win2->_begy;
+    startx -= win2->_begx;
+    endy -= win2->_begy;
+    endx -= win2->_begx;
+    endx -= 1;
+
+    for (y = starty; y < endy; y++)
+    {
+        win2->_firstch[y] = startx;
+        win2->_lastch[y] = endx;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/util.c

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+util
+----
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    char *unctrl(chtype c);
+    void filter(void);
+    void use_env(bool x);
+    int delay_output(int ms);
+
+    int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
+                 short *color_pair, void *opts);
+    int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
+                 short color_pair, const void *opts);
+    wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc);
+
+    int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n);
+    size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n);
+    size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n);
+
+### Description
+
+   unctrl() expands the text portion of the chtype c into a printable
+   string. Control characters are changed to the "^X" notation; others
+   are passed through. wunctrl() is the wide-character version of the
+   function.
+
+   filter() and use_env() are no-ops in PDCurses.
+
+   delay_output() inserts an ms millisecond pause in output.
+
+   getcchar() works in two modes: When wch is not NULL, it reads the
+   cchar_t pointed to by wcval and stores the attributes in attrs, the
+   color pair in color_pair, and the text in the wide-character string
+   wch. When wch is NULL, getcchar() merely returns the number of wide
+   characters in wcval. In either mode, the opts argument is unused.
+
+   setcchar constructs a cchar_t at wcval from the wide-character text
+   at wch, the attributes in attr and the color pair in color_pair. The
+   opts argument is unused.
+
+   Currently, the length returned by getcchar() is always 1 or 0.
+   Similarly, setcchar() will only take the first wide character from
+   wch, and ignore any others that it "should" take (i.e., combining
+   characters). Nor will it correctly handle any character outside the
+   basic multilingual plane (UCS-2).
+
+### Return Value
+
+   wunctrl() returns NULL on failure. delay_output() always returns OK.
+
+   getcchar() returns the number of wide characters wcval points to when
+   wch is NULL; when it's not, getcchar() returns OK or ERR.
+
+   setcchar() returns OK or ERR.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    unctrl                      Y       Y       Y
+    filter                      Y       Y       Y
+    use_env                     Y       Y       Y
+    delay_output                Y       Y       Y
+    getcchar                    Y       Y       Y
+    setcchar                    Y       Y       Y
+    wunctrl                     Y       Y       Y
+    PDC_mbtowc                  -       -       -
+    PDC_mbstowcs                -       -       -
+    PDC_wcstombs                -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *unctrl(chtype c)
+{
+    static char strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
+
+    chtype ic;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("unctrl() - called\n"));
+
+    ic = c & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+    if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f)       /* normal characters */
+    {
+        strbuf[0] = (char)ic;
+        strbuf[1] = '\0';
+        return strbuf;
+    }
+
+    strbuf[0] = '^';            /* '^' prefix */
+
+    if (ic == 0x7f)             /* 0x7f == DEL */
+        strbuf[1] = '?';
+    else                    /* other control */
+        strbuf[1] = (char)(ic + '@');
+
+    return strbuf;
+}
+
+void filter(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("filter() - called\n"));
+}
+
+void use_env(bool x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("use_env() - called: x %d\n", x));
+}
+
+int delay_output(int ms)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("delay_output() - called: ms %d\n", ms));
+
+    return napms(ms);
+}
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+int getcchar(const cchar_t *wcval, wchar_t *wch, attr_t *attrs,
+             short *color_pair, void *opts)
+{
+    if (!wcval)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (wch)
+    {
+        if (!attrs || !color_pair)
+            return ERR;
+
+        *wch = (*wcval & A_CHARTEXT);
+        *attrs = (*wcval & (A_ATTRIBUTES & ~A_COLOR));
+        *color_pair = PAIR_NUMBER(*wcval & A_COLOR);
+
+        if (*wch)
+            *++wch = L'\0';
+
+        return OK;
+    }
+    else
+        return ((*wcval & A_CHARTEXT) != L'\0');
+}
+
+int setcchar(cchar_t *wcval, const wchar_t *wch, const attr_t attrs,
+             short color_pair, const void *opts)
+{
+    if (!wcval || !wch)
+        return ERR;
+
+    *wcval = *wch | attrs | COLOR_PAIR(color_pair);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+wchar_t *wunctrl(cchar_t *wc)
+{
+    static wchar_t strbuf[3] = {0, 0, 0};
+
+    cchar_t ic;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wunctrl() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!wc)
+        return NULL;
+
+    ic = *wc & A_CHARTEXT;
+
+    if (ic >= 0x20 && ic != 0x7f)       /* normal characters */
+    {
+        strbuf[0] = (wchar_t)ic;
+        strbuf[1] = L'\0';
+        return strbuf;
+    }
+
+    strbuf[0] = '^';            /* '^' prefix */
+
+    if (ic == 0x7f)             /* 0x7f == DEL */
+        strbuf[1] = '?';
+    else                    /* other control */
+        strbuf[1] = (wchar_t)(ic + '@');
+
+    return strbuf;
+}
+
+int PDC_mbtowc(wchar_t *pwc, const char *s, size_t n)
+{
+# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+    wchar_t key;
+    int i = -1;
+    const unsigned char *string;
+
+    if (!s || (n < 1))
+        return -1;
+
+    if (!*s)
+        return 0;
+
+    string = (const unsigned char *)s;
+
+    key = string[0];
+
+    /* Simplistic UTF-8 decoder -- only does the BMP, minimal validation */
+
+    if (key & 0x80)
+    {
+        if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xc0)
+        {
+            if (1 < n)
+            {
+                key = ((key & 0x1f) << 6) | (string[1] & 0x3f);
+                i = 2;
+            }
+        }
+        else if ((key & 0xe0) == 0xe0)
+        {
+            if (2 < n)
+            {
+                key = ((key & 0x0f) << 12) | ((string[1] & 0x3f) << 6) |
+                      (string[2] & 0x3f);
+                i = 3;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+        i = 1;
+
+    if (i)
+        *pwc = key;
+
+    return i;
+# else
+    return mbtowc(pwc, s, n);
+# endif
+}
+
+size_t PDC_mbstowcs(wchar_t *dest, const char *src, size_t n)
+{
+# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+    size_t i = 0, len;
+
+    if (!src || !dest)
+        return 0;
+
+    len = strlen(src);
+
+    while (*src && i < n)
+    {
+        int retval = PDC_mbtowc(dest + i, src, len);
+
+        if (retval < 1)
+            return -1;
+
+        src += retval;
+        len -= retval;
+        i++;
+    }
+# else
+    size_t i = mbstowcs(dest, src, n);
+# endif
+    dest[i] = 0;
+    return i;
+}
+
+size_t PDC_wcstombs(char *dest, const wchar_t *src, size_t n)
+{
+# ifdef PDC_FORCE_UTF8
+    size_t i = 0;
+
+    if (!src || !dest)
+        return 0;
+
+    while (*src && i < n)
+    {
+        chtype code = *src++;
+
+        if (code < 0x80)
+        {
+            dest[i] = code;
+            i++;
+        }
+        else
+            if (code < 0x800)
+            {
+                dest[i] = ((code & 0x07c0) >> 6) | 0xc0;
+                dest[i + 1] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
+                i += 2;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                dest[i] = ((code & 0xf000) >> 12) | 0xe0;
+                dest[i + 1] = ((code & 0x0fc0) >> 6) | 0x80;
+                dest[i + 2] = (code & 0x003f) | 0x80;
+                i += 3;
+            }
+    }
+# else
+    size_t i = wcstombs(dest, src, n);
+# endif
+    dest[i] = '\0';
+    return i;
+}
+#endif

Utilities/cmpdcurses/pdcurses/window.c

@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+window
+------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
+    WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+                   int begy, int begx);
+    WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW* orig, int nlines, int ncols,
+                   int begy, int begx);
+    WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win);
+    int delwin(WINDOW *win);
+    int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x);
+    int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx);
+    int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf);
+    void wsyncup(WINDOW *win);
+    void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win);
+    void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win);
+
+    WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
+    int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols);
+    WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win);
+    WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx);
+    void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win);
+
+### Description
+
+   newwin() creates a new window with the given number of lines, nlines
+   and columns, ncols. The upper left corner of the window is at line
+   begy, column begx. If nlines is zero, it defaults to LINES - begy;
+   ncols to COLS - begx. Create a new full-screen window by calling
+   newwin(0, 0, 0, 0).
+
+   delwin() deletes the named window, freeing all associated memory. In
+   the case of overlapping windows, subwindows should be deleted before
+   the main window.
+
+   mvwin() moves the window so that the upper left-hand corner is at
+   position (y,x). If the move would cause the window to be off the
+   screen, it is an error and the window is not moved. Moving subwindows
+   is allowed.
+
+   subwin() creates a new subwindow within a window. The dimensions of
+   the subwindow are nlines lines and ncols columns. The subwindow is at
+   position (begy, begx) on the screen. This position is relative to the
+   screen, and not to the window orig. Changes made to either window
+   will affect both. When using this routine, you will often need to
+   call touchwin() before calling wrefresh().
+
+   derwin() is the same as subwin(), except that begy and begx are
+   relative to the origin of the window orig rather than the screen.
+   There is no difference between subwindows and derived windows.
+
+   mvderwin() moves a derived window (or subwindow) inside its parent
+   window. The screen-relative parameters of the window are not changed.
+   This routine is used to display different parts of the parent window
+   at the same physical position on the screen.
+
+   dupwin() creates an exact duplicate of the window win.
+
+   wsyncup() causes a touchwin() of all of the window's parents.
+
+   If wsyncok() is called with a second argument of TRUE, this causes a
+   wsyncup() to be called every time the window is changed.
+
+   wcursyncup() causes the current cursor position of all of a window's
+   ancestors to reflect the current cursor position of the current
+   window.
+
+   wsyncdown() causes a touchwin() of the current window if any of its
+   parent's windows have been touched.
+
+   resize_window() allows the user to resize an existing window. It
+   returns the pointer to the new window, or NULL on failure.
+
+   wresize() is an ncurses-compatible wrapper for resize_window(). Note
+   that, unlike ncurses, it will NOT process any subwindows of the
+   window. (However, you still can call it _on_ subwindows.) It returns
+   OK or ERR.
+
+   PDC_makenew() allocates all data for a new WINDOW * except the actual
+   lines themselves. If it's unable to allocate memory for the window
+   structure, it will free all allocated memory and return a NULL
+   pointer.
+
+   PDC_makelines() allocates the memory for the lines.
+
+   PDC_sync() handles wrefresh() and wsyncup() calls when a window is
+   changed.
+
+### Return Value
+
+   newwin(), subwin(), derwin() and dupwin() return a pointer to the new
+   window, or NULL on failure. delwin(), mvwin(), mvderwin() and
+   syncok() return OK or ERR. wsyncup(), wcursyncup() and wsyncdown()
+   return nothing.
+
+### Errors
+
+   It is an error to call resize_window() before calling initscr().
+   Also, an error will be generated if we fail to create a newly sized
+   replacement window for curscr, or stdscr. This could happen when
+   increasing the window size. NOTE: If this happens, the previously
+   successfully allocated windows are left alone; i.e., the resize is
+   NOT cancelled for those windows.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    newwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    delwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvwin                       Y       Y       Y
+    subwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    derwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    mvderwin                    Y       Y       Y
+    dupwin                      Y       Y       Y
+    wsyncup                     Y       Y       Y
+    syncok                      Y       Y       Y
+    wcursyncup                  Y       Y       Y
+    wsyncdown                   Y       Y       Y
+    wresize                     -       Y       Y
+    resize_window               -       -       -
+    PDC_makelines               -       -       -
+    PDC_makenew                 -       -       -
+    PDC_sync                    -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+WINDOW *PDC_makenew(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_makenew() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
+             nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+    /* allocate the window structure itself */
+
+    win = calloc(1, sizeof(WINDOW));
+    if (!win)
+        return win;
+
+    /* allocate the line pointer array */
+
+    win->_y = malloc(nlines * sizeof(chtype *));
+    if (!win->_y)
+    {
+        free(win);
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* allocate the minchng and maxchng arrays */
+
+    win->_firstch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
+    if (!win->_firstch)
+    {
+        free(win->_y);
+        free(win);
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    win->_lastch = malloc(nlines * sizeof(int));
+    if (!win->_lastch)
+    {
+        free(win->_firstch);
+        free(win->_y);
+        free(win);
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* initialize window variables */
+
+    win->_maxy = nlines;  /* real max screen size */
+    win->_maxx = ncols;   /* real max screen size */
+    win->_begy = begy;
+    win->_begx = begx;
+    win->_bkgd = ' ';     /* wrs 4/10/93 -- initialize background to blank */
+    win->_clear = (bool) ((nlines == LINES) && (ncols == COLS));
+    win->_bmarg = nlines - 1;
+    win->_parx = win->_pary = -1;
+
+    /* init to say window all changed */
+
+    touchwin(win);
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+WINDOW *PDC_makelines(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int i, j, nlines, ncols;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_makelines() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    nlines = win->_maxy;
+    ncols = win->_maxx;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+    {
+        win->_y[i] = malloc(ncols * sizeof(chtype));
+        if (!win->_y[i])
+        {
+            /* if error, free all the data */
+
+            for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
+                free(win->_y[j]);
+
+            free(win->_firstch);
+            free(win->_lastch);
+            free(win->_y);
+            free(win);
+
+            return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+void PDC_sync(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_sync() - called:\n"));
+
+    if (win->_immed)
+        wrefresh(win);
+    if (win->_sync)
+        wsyncup(win);
+}
+
+WINDOW *newwin(int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("newwin() - called:lines=%d cols=%d begy=%d begx=%d\n",
+             nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+    if (!nlines)
+        nlines = LINES - begy;
+    if (!ncols)
+        ncols  = COLS  - begx;
+
+    if (!SP || begy + nlines > SP->lines || begx + ncols > SP->cols)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
+    if (win)
+        win = PDC_makelines(win);
+
+    if (win)
+        werase(win);
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+int delwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("delwin() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    /* subwindows use parents' lines */
+
+    if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBWIN|_SUBPAD)))
+        for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
+            if (win->_y[i])
+                free(win->_y[i]);
+
+    free(win->_firstch);
+    free(win->_lastch);
+    free(win->_y);
+    free(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int mvwin(WINDOW *win, int y, int x)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("mvwin() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win || (y + win->_maxy > LINES || y < 0)
+             || (x + win->_maxx > COLS || x < 0))
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_begy = y;
+    win->_begx = x;
+    touchwin(win);
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+    WINDOW *win;
+    int i, j, k;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("subwin() - called: lines %d cols %d begy %d begx %d\n",
+             nlines, ncols, begy, begx));
+
+    /* make sure window fits inside the original one */
+
+    if (!orig || (begy < orig->_begy) || (begx < orig->_begx) ||
+        (begy + nlines) > (orig->_begy + orig->_maxy) ||
+        (begx + ncols) > (orig->_begx + orig->_maxx))
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    j = begy - orig->_begy;
+    k = begx - orig->_begx;
+
+    if (!nlines)
+        nlines = orig->_maxy - 1 - j;
+    if (!ncols)
+        ncols  = orig->_maxx - 1 - k;
+
+    win = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
+    if (!win)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    /* initialize window variables */
+
+    win->_attrs = orig->_attrs;
+    win->_bkgd = orig->_bkgd;
+    win->_leaveit = orig->_leaveit;
+    win->_scroll = orig->_scroll;
+    win->_nodelay = orig->_nodelay;
+    win->_delayms = orig->_delayms;
+    win->_use_keypad = orig->_use_keypad;
+    win->_immed = orig->_immed;
+    win->_sync = orig->_sync;
+    win->_pary = j;
+    win->_parx = k;
+    win->_parent = orig;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++, j++)
+        win->_y[i] = orig->_y[j] + k;
+
+    win->_flags |= _SUBWIN;
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *orig, int nlines, int ncols, int begy, int begx)
+{
+    return subwin(orig, nlines, ncols, begy + orig->_begy, begx + orig->_begx);
+}
+
+int mvderwin(WINDOW *win, int pary, int parx)
+{
+    int i, j;
+    WINDOW *mypar;
+
+    if (!win || !(win->_parent))
+        return ERR;
+
+    mypar = win->_parent;
+
+    if (pary < 0 || parx < 0 || (pary + win->_maxy) > mypar->_maxy ||
+                                (parx + win->_maxx) > mypar->_maxx)
+        return ERR;
+
+    j = pary;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy; i++)
+        win->_y[i] = (mypar->_y[j++]) + parx;
+
+    win->_pary = pary;
+    win->_parx = parx;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    WINDOW *new;
+    chtype *ptr, *ptr1;
+    int nlines, ncols, begy, begx, i;
+
+    if (!win)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    nlines = win->_maxy;
+    ncols = win->_maxx;
+    begy = win->_begy;
+    begx = win->_begx;
+
+    new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, begy, begx);
+    if (new)
+        new = PDC_makelines(new);
+
+    if (!new)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    /* copy the contents of win into new */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < nlines; i++)
+    {
+        for (ptr = new->_y[i], ptr1 = win->_y[i];
+             ptr < new->_y[i] + ncols; ptr++, ptr1++)
+            *ptr = *ptr1;
+
+        new->_firstch[i] = 0;
+        new->_lastch[i] = ncols - 1;
+    }
+
+    new->_curx = win->_curx;
+    new->_cury = win->_cury;
+    new->_maxy = win->_maxy;
+    new->_maxx = win->_maxx;
+    new->_begy = win->_begy;
+    new->_begx = win->_begx;
+    new->_flags = win->_flags;
+    new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
+    new->_clear = win->_clear;
+    new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
+    new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
+    new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
+    new->_delayms = win->_delayms;
+    new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
+    new->_tmarg = win->_tmarg;
+    new->_bmarg = win->_bmarg;
+    new->_parx = win->_parx;
+    new->_pary = win->_pary;
+    new->_parent = win->_parent;
+    new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
+    new->_flags = win->_flags;
+
+    return new;
+}
+
+WINDOW *resize_window(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+    WINDOW *new;
+    int i, save_cury, save_curx, new_begy, new_begx;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("resize_window() - called: nlines %d ncols %d\n",
+             nlines, ncols));
+
+    if (!win || !SP)
+        return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+    if (win->_flags & _SUBPAD)
+    {
+        new = subpad(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, win->_begy, win->_begx);
+        if (!new)
+            return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+    else if (win->_flags & _SUBWIN)
+    {
+        new = subwin(win->_parent, nlines, ncols, win->_begy, win->_begx);
+        if (!new)
+            return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (win == SP->slk_winptr)
+        {
+            new_begy = SP->lines - SP->slklines;
+            new_begx = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            new_begy = win->_begy;
+            new_begx = win->_begx;
+        }
+
+        new = PDC_makenew(nlines, ncols, new_begy, new_begx);
+        if (!new)
+            return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+    }
+
+    save_curx = min(win->_curx, (new->_maxx - 1));
+    save_cury = min(win->_cury, (new->_maxy - 1));
+
+    if (!(win->_flags & (_SUBPAD|_SUBWIN)))
+    {
+        new = PDC_makelines(new);
+        if (!new)
+            return (WINDOW *)NULL;
+
+        new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
+        werase(new);
+
+        copywin(win, new, 0, 0, 0, 0, min(win->_maxy, new->_maxy) - 1,
+                min(win->_maxx, new->_maxx) - 1, FALSE);
+
+        for (i = 0; i < win->_maxy && win->_y[i]; i++)
+            if (win->_y[i])
+                free(win->_y[i]);
+    }
+
+    new->_flags = win->_flags;
+    new->_attrs = win->_attrs;
+    new->_clear = win->_clear;
+    new->_leaveit = win->_leaveit;
+    new->_scroll = win->_scroll;
+    new->_nodelay = win->_nodelay;
+    new->_delayms = win->_delayms;
+    new->_use_keypad = win->_use_keypad;
+    new->_tmarg = (win->_tmarg > new->_maxy - 1) ? 0 : win->_tmarg;
+    new->_bmarg = (win->_bmarg == win->_maxy - 1) ?
+                  new->_maxy - 1 : min(win->_bmarg, (new->_maxy - 1));
+    new->_parent = win->_parent;
+    new->_immed = win->_immed;
+    new->_sync = win->_sync;
+    new->_bkgd = win->_bkgd;
+
+    new->_curx = save_curx;
+    new->_cury = save_cury;
+
+    free(win->_firstch);
+    free(win->_lastch);
+    free(win->_y);
+
+    *win = *new;
+    free(new);
+
+    return win;
+}
+
+int wresize(WINDOW *win, int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+    return (resize_window(win, nlines, ncols) ? OK : ERR);
+}
+
+void wsyncup(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    WINDOW *tmp;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wsyncup() - called\n"));
+
+    for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
+        touchwin(tmp);
+}
+
+int syncok(WINDOW *win, bool bf)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("syncok() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!win)
+        return ERR;
+
+    win->_sync = bf;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void wcursyncup(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    WINDOW *tmp;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wcursyncup() - called\n"));
+
+    for (tmp = win; tmp && tmp->_parent; tmp = tmp->_parent)
+        wmove(tmp->_parent, tmp->_pary + tmp->_cury, tmp->_parx + tmp->_curx);
+}
+
+void wsyncdown(WINDOW *win)
+{
+    WINDOW *tmp;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("wsyncdown() - called\n"));
+
+    for (tmp = win; tmp; tmp = tmp->_parent)
+    {
+        if (is_wintouched(tmp))
+        {
+            touchwin(win);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+PDCurses for Windows console
+============================
+
+This directory contains PDCurses source code files specific to the
+Microsoft Windows console. Although historically called "Win32", this
+port can just as easily be built for 64-bit systems. Windows 95 through
+Windows 10 are covered. (Some features require later versions.)
+
+
+Building
+--------
+
+- Choose the appropriate makefile for your compiler:
+
+        Makefile      - GCC (MinGW or Cygnus)
+        Makefile.bcc  - Borland C++
+        Makefile.vc   - Microsoft Visual C++
+        Makefile.wcc  - Watcom
+
+- Optionally, you can build in a different directory than the platform
+  directory by setting PDCURSES_SRCDIR to point to the directory where
+  you unpacked PDCurses, and changing to your target directory:
+
+        set PDCURSES_SRCDIR=c:\pdcurses
+
+- Build it:
+
+        make -f makefilename
+
+  (For Watcom, use "wmake" instead of "make"; for MSVC, "nmake"; for
+  MinGW, "mingw32-make".) You'll get the library (pdcurses.lib or .a,
+  depending on your compiler) and a lot of object files.
+
+  You can also give the optional parameter "WIDE=Y", to build the
+  library with wide-character (Unicode) support:
+
+        wmake -f Makefile.wcc WIDE=Y
+
+  When built this way, the library is not compatible with Windows 9x,
+  unless you also link with the Microsoft Layer for Unicode (not
+  tested).
+
+  Another option, "UTF8=Y", makes PDCurses ignore the system locale, and
+  treat all narrow-character strings as UTF-8. This option has no effect
+  unless WIDE=Y is also set. Use it to get around the poor support for
+  UTF-8 in the Windows console:
+
+        make -f Makefile.bcc WIDE=Y UTF8=Y
+
+  You can also use the optional parameter "DLL=Y" with Visual C++,
+  MinGW or Cygwin, to build the library as a DLL:
+
+        nmake -f Makefile.vc WIDE=Y DLL=Y
+
+  When you build the library as a Windows DLL, you must always define
+  PDC_DLL_BUILD when linking against it. (Or, if you only want to use
+  the DLL, you could add this definition to your curses.h.)
+
+  Add the target "demos" to build the sample programs.
+
+- If your build stops with errors about PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX,
+  add the parameter "INFOEX=N" to your make command line and try again.
+  (This will happen with older compile environments.)
+
+
+Distribution Status
+-------------------
+
+The files in this directory are released to the public domain.
+
+
+Acknowledgements
+----------------
+
+Windows console port was originally provided by Chris Szurgot
+<[email protected]>

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdcclip.c

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include "pdcwin.h"
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+clipboard
+---------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length);
+    int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length);
+    int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents);
+    int PDC_clearclipboard(void);
+
+### Description
+
+   PDC_getclipboard() gets the textual contents of the system's
+   clipboard. This function returns the contents of the clipboard in the
+   contents argument. It is the responsibility of the caller to free the
+   memory returned, via PDC_freeclipboard(). The length of the clipboard
+   contents is returned in the length argument.
+
+   PDC_setclipboard copies the supplied text into the system's
+   clipboard, emptying the clipboard prior to the copy.
+
+   PDC_clearclipboard() clears the internal clipboard.
+
+### Return Values
+
+   indicator of success/failure of call.
+   PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS        the call was successful
+   PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR   unable to allocate sufficient memory for
+                           the clipboard contents
+   PDC_CLIP_EMPTY          the clipboard contains no text
+   PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR   no clipboard support
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    PDC_getclipboard            -       -       -
+    PDC_setclipboard            -       -       -
+    PDC_freeclipboard           -       -       -
+    PDC_clearclipboard          -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+# define PDC_TEXT CF_UNICODETEXT
+#else
+# define PDC_TEXT CF_OEMTEXT
+#endif
+
+int PDC_getclipboard(char **contents, long *length)
+{
+    HANDLE handle;
+    long len;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_getclipboard() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
+
+    if ((handle = GetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT)) == NULL)
+    {
+        CloseClipboard();
+        return PDC_CLIP_EMPTY;
+    }
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    len = wcslen((wchar_t *)handle) * 3;
+#else
+    len = strlen((char *)handle);
+#endif
+    *contents = (char *)GlobalAlloc(GMEM_FIXED, len + 1);
+
+    if (!*contents)
+    {
+        CloseClipboard();
+        return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
+    }
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    len = PDC_wcstombs((char *)*contents, (wchar_t *)handle, len);
+#else
+    strcpy((char *)*contents, (char *)handle);
+#endif
+    *length = len;
+    CloseClipboard();
+
+    return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+int PDC_setclipboard(const char *contents, long length)
+{
+    HGLOBAL ptr1;
+    LPTSTR ptr2;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_setclipboard() - called\n"));
+
+    if (!OpenClipboard(NULL))
+        return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
+
+    ptr1 = GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE|GMEM_DDESHARE,
+        (length + 1) * sizeof(TCHAR));
+
+    if (!ptr1)
+        return PDC_CLIP_MEMORY_ERROR;
+
+    ptr2 = GlobalLock(ptr1);
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    PDC_mbstowcs((wchar_t *)ptr2, contents, length);
+#else
+    memcpy((char *)ptr2, contents, length + 1);
+#endif
+    GlobalUnlock(ptr1);
+    EmptyClipboard();
+
+    if (!SetClipboardData(PDC_TEXT, ptr1))
+    {
+        GlobalFree(ptr1);
+        return PDC_CLIP_ACCESS_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    CloseClipboard();
+    GlobalFree(ptr1);
+
+    return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+int PDC_freeclipboard(char *contents)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_freeclipboard() - called\n"));
+
+    GlobalFree(contents);
+    return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+int PDC_clearclipboard(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_clearclipboard() - called\n"));
+
+    EmptyClipboard();
+
+    return PDC_CLIP_SUCCESS;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdcdisp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include "pdcwin.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+# include "../common/acsuni.h"
+#else
+# include "../common/acs437.h"
+#endif
+
+DWORD pdc_last_blink;
+static bool blinked_off = FALSE;
+static bool in_italic = FALSE;
+
+/* position hardware cursor at (y, x) */
+
+void PDC_gotoyx(int row, int col)
+{
+    COORD coord;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_gotoyx() - called: row %d col %d from row %d col %d\n",
+             row, col, SP->cursrow, SP->curscol));
+
+    coord.X = col;
+    coord.Y = row;
+
+    SetConsoleCursorPosition(pdc_con_out, coord);
+}
+
+void _set_ansi_color(short f, short b, attr_t attr)
+{
+    char esc[64], *p;
+    short tmp, underline;
+    bool italic;
+
+    if (f < 16 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
+        f = pdc_curstoansi[f];
+
+    if (b < 16 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
+        b = pdc_curstoansi[b];
+
+    if (attr & A_REVERSE)
+    {
+        tmp = f;
+        f = b;
+        b = tmp;
+    }
+    attr &= SP->termattrs;
+    italic = !!(attr & A_ITALIC);
+    underline = !!(attr & A_UNDERLINE);
+
+    p = esc + sprintf(esc, "\x1b[");
+
+    if (f != pdc_oldf)
+    {
+        if (f < 8 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
+            p += sprintf(p, "%d", f + 30);
+        else if (f < 16 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
+            p += sprintf(p, "%d", f + 82);
+        else if (f < 256 && !pdc_color[f].mapped)
+            p += sprintf(p, "38;5;%d", f);
+        else
+        {
+            short red = DIVROUND(pdc_color[f].r * 255, 1000);
+            short green = DIVROUND(pdc_color[f].g * 255, 1000);
+            short blue = DIVROUND(pdc_color[f].b * 255, 1000);
+
+            p += sprintf(p, "38;2;%d;%d;%d", red, green, blue);
+        }
+
+        pdc_oldf = f;
+    }
+
+    if (b != pdc_oldb)
+    {
+        if (strlen(esc) > 2)
+            p += sprintf(p, ";");
+
+        if (b < 8 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
+            p += sprintf(p, "%d", b + 40);
+        else if (b < 16 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
+            p += sprintf(p, "%d", b + 92);
+        else if (b < 256 && !pdc_color[b].mapped)
+            p += sprintf(p, "48;5;%d", b);
+        else
+        {
+            short red = DIVROUND(pdc_color[b].r * 255, 1000);
+            short green = DIVROUND(pdc_color[b].g * 255, 1000);
+            short blue = DIVROUND(pdc_color[b].b * 255, 1000);
+
+            p += sprintf(p, "48;2;%d;%d;%d", red, green, blue);
+        }
+
+        pdc_oldb = b;
+    }
+
+    if (italic != in_italic)
+    {
+        if (strlen(esc) > 2)
+            p += sprintf(p, ";");
+
+        if (italic)
+            p += sprintf(p, "3");
+        else
+            p += sprintf(p, "23");
+
+        in_italic = italic;
+    }
+
+    if (underline != pdc_oldu)
+    {
+        if (strlen(esc) > 2)
+            p += sprintf(p, ";");
+
+        if (underline)
+            p += sprintf(p, "4");
+        else
+            p += sprintf(p, "24");
+
+        pdc_oldu = underline;
+    }
+
+    if (strlen(esc) > 2)
+    {
+        sprintf(p, "m");
+        if (!pdc_conemu)
+            SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0015);
+
+        WriteConsoleA(pdc_con_out, esc, strlen(esc), NULL, NULL);
+
+        if (!pdc_conemu)
+            SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0010);
+    }
+}
+
+void _new_packet(attr_t attr, int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
+{
+    int j;
+    short fore, back;
+    bool blink, ansi;
+
+    if (pdc_ansi && (lineno == (SP->lines - 1)) && ((x + len) == SP->cols))
+    {
+        len--;
+        if (len)
+            _new_packet(attr, lineno, x, len, srcp);
+        pdc_ansi = FALSE;
+        _new_packet(attr, lineno, x + len, 1, srcp + len);
+        pdc_ansi = TRUE;
+        return;
+    }
+
+    pair_content(PAIR_NUMBER(attr), &fore, &back);
+    ansi = pdc_ansi || (fore >= 16 || back >= 16);
+    blink = (SP->termattrs & A_BLINK) && (attr & A_BLINK);
+
+    if (blink)
+    {
+        attr &= ~A_BLINK;
+        if (blinked_off)
+            attr &= ~(A_UNDERLINE | A_RIGHT | A_LEFT);
+    }
+
+    if (attr & A_BOLD)
+        fore |= 8;
+    if (attr & A_BLINK)
+        back |= 8;
+
+    if (ansi)
+    {
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+        WCHAR buffer[512];
+#else
+        char buffer[512];
+#endif
+        for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
+        {
+            chtype ch = srcp[j];
+
+            if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
+            {
+                ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
+
+                if (pdc_wt && (ch & A_CHARTEXT) < ' ')
+                    goto NONANSI;
+            }
+
+            if (blink && blinked_off)
+                ch = ' ';
+
+            buffer[j] = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
+        }
+
+        PDC_gotoyx(lineno, x);
+        _set_ansi_color(fore, back, attr);
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+        WriteConsoleW(pdc_con_out, buffer, len, NULL, NULL);
+#else
+        WriteConsoleA(pdc_con_out, buffer, len, NULL, NULL);
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+NONANSI:
+    {
+        CHAR_INFO buffer[512];
+        COORD bufSize, bufPos;
+        SMALL_RECT sr;
+        WORD mapped_attr;
+
+        fore = pdc_curstoreal[fore];
+        back = pdc_curstoreal[back];
+
+        if (attr & A_REVERSE)
+            mapped_attr = back | (fore << 4);
+        else
+            mapped_attr = fore | (back << 4);
+
+        if (attr & A_UNDERLINE)
+            mapped_attr |= 0x8000; /* COMMON_LVB_UNDERSCORE */
+        if (attr & A_LEFT)
+            mapped_attr |= 0x0800; /* COMMON_LVB_GRID_LVERTICAL */
+        if (attr & A_RIGHT)
+            mapped_attr |= 0x1000; /* COMMON_LVB_GRID_RVERTICAL */
+
+        for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
+        {
+            chtype ch = srcp[j];
+
+            if (ch & A_ALTCHARSET && !(ch & 0xff80))
+                ch = acs_map[ch & 0x7f];
+
+            if (blink && blinked_off)
+                ch = ' ';
+
+            buffer[j].Attributes = mapped_attr;
+            buffer[j].Char.UnicodeChar = ch & A_CHARTEXT;
+        }
+
+        bufPos.X = bufPos.Y = 0;
+        bufSize.X = len;
+        bufSize.Y = 1;
+
+        sr.Top = sr.Bottom = lineno;
+        sr.Left = x;
+        sr.Right = x + len - 1;
+
+        WriteConsoleOutput(pdc_con_out, buffer, bufSize, bufPos, &sr);
+    }
+}
+
+/* update the given physical line to look like the corresponding line in
+   curscr */
+
+void PDC_transform_line(int lineno, int x, int len, const chtype *srcp)
+{
+    attr_t old_attr, attr;
+    int i, j;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_transform_line() - called: lineno=%d\n", lineno));
+
+    old_attr = *srcp & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_ALTCHARSET);
+
+    for (i = 1, j = 1; j < len; i++, j++)
+    {
+        attr = srcp[i] & (A_ATTRIBUTES ^ A_ALTCHARSET);
+
+        if (attr != old_attr)
+        {
+            _new_packet(old_attr, lineno, x, i, srcp);
+            old_attr = attr;
+            srcp += i;
+            x += i;
+            i = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+    _new_packet(old_attr, lineno, x, i, srcp);
+}
+
+void PDC_blink_text(void)
+{
+    CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
+    int i, j, k;
+    bool oldvis;
+
+    GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
+    oldvis = cci.bVisible;
+    if (oldvis)
+    {
+        cci.bVisible = FALSE;
+        SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
+    }
+
+    if (!(SP->termattrs & A_BLINK))
+        blinked_off = FALSE;
+    else
+        blinked_off = !blinked_off;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < SP->lines; i++)
+    {
+        const chtype *srcp = curscr->_y[i];
+
+        for (j = 0; j < SP->cols; j++)
+            if (srcp[j] & A_BLINK)
+            {
+                k = j;
+                while (k < SP->cols && (srcp[k] & A_BLINK))
+                    k++;
+                PDC_transform_line(i, j, k - j, srcp + j);
+                j = k;
+            }
+    }
+
+    PDC_gotoyx(SP->cursrow, SP->curscol);
+    if (oldvis)
+    {
+        cci.bVisible = TRUE;
+        SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
+    }
+
+    pdc_last_blink = GetTickCount();
+}
+
+void PDC_doupdate(void)
+{
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdcgetsc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include "pdcwin.h"
+
+/* get the cursor size/shape */
+
+int PDC_get_cursor_mode(void)
+{
+    CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO ci;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_cursor_mode() - called\n"));
+
+    GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &ci);
+
+    return ci.dwSize;
+}
+
+/* return number of screen rows */
+
+int PDC_get_rows(void)
+{
+    CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_rows() - called\n"));
+
+    GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr);
+
+    return scr.srWindow.Bottom - scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
+}
+
+/* return width of screen/viewport */
+
+int PDC_get_columns(void)
+{
+    CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO scr;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_get_columns() - called\n"));
+
+    GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &scr);
+
+    return scr.srWindow.Right - scr.srWindow.Left + 1;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdckbd.c

@@ -0,0 +1,699 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include "pdcwin.h"
+
+/* These variables are used to store information about the next
+   Input Event. */
+
+static INPUT_RECORD save_ip;
+static MOUSE_STATUS old_mouse_status;
+static DWORD event_count = 0;
+static SHORT left_key;
+static int key_count = 0;
+static int save_press = 0;
+
+#define KEV save_ip.Event.KeyEvent
+#define MEV save_ip.Event.MouseEvent
+#define REV save_ip.Event.WindowBufferSizeEvent
+
+/************************************************************************
+ *    Table for key code translation of function keys in keypad mode    *
+ *    These values are for strict IBM keyboard compatibles only         *
+ ************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    unsigned short normal;
+    unsigned short shift;
+    unsigned short control;
+    unsigned short alt;
+    unsigned short extended;
+} KPTAB;
+
+static KPTAB kptab[] =
+{
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 0  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 1   VK_LBUTTON */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 2   VK_RBUTTON */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 3   VK_CANCEL  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 4   VK_MBUTTON */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 5   */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 6   */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 7   */
+   {0x08,       0x08,      0x7F,        ALT_BKSP,   0   }, /* 8   VK_BACK    */
+   {0x09,       KEY_BTAB,  CTL_TAB,     ALT_TAB,    999 }, /* 9   VK_TAB     */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 10  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 11  */
+   {KEY_B2,     0x35,      CTL_PAD5,    ALT_PAD5,   0   }, /* 12  VK_CLEAR   */
+   {0x0D,       0x0D,      CTL_ENTER,   ALT_ENTER,  1   }, /* 13  VK_RETURN  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 14  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 15  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 16  VK_SHIFT   HANDLED SEPARATELY */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 17  VK_CONTROL HANDLED SEPARATELY */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 18  VK_MENU    HANDLED SEPARATELY */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 19  VK_PAUSE   */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 20  VK_CAPITAL HANDLED SEPARATELY */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 21  VK_HANGUL  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 22  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 23  VK_JUNJA   */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 24  VK_FINAL   */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 25  VK_HANJA   */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 26  */
+   {0x1B,       0x1B,      0x1B,        ALT_ESC,    0   }, /* 27  VK_ESCAPE  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 28  VK_CONVERT */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 29  VK_NONCONVERT */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 30  VK_ACCEPT  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 31  VK_MODECHANGE */
+   {0x20,       0x20,      0x20,        0x20,       0   }, /* 32  VK_SPACE   */
+   {KEY_A3,     0x39,      CTL_PAD9,    ALT_PAD9,   3   }, /* 33  VK_PRIOR   */
+   {KEY_C3,     0x33,      CTL_PAD3,    ALT_PAD3,   4   }, /* 34  VK_NEXT    */
+   {KEY_C1,     0x31,      CTL_PAD1,    ALT_PAD1,   5   }, /* 35  VK_END     */
+   {KEY_A1,     0x37,      CTL_PAD7,    ALT_PAD7,   6   }, /* 36  VK_HOME    */
+   {KEY_B1,     0x34,      CTL_PAD4,    ALT_PAD4,   7   }, /* 37  VK_LEFT    */
+   {KEY_A2,     0x38,      CTL_PAD8,    ALT_PAD8,   8   }, /* 38  VK_UP      */
+   {KEY_B3,     0x36,      CTL_PAD6,    ALT_PAD6,   9   }, /* 39  VK_RIGHT   */
+   {KEY_C2,     0x32,      CTL_PAD2,    ALT_PAD2,   10  }, /* 40  VK_DOWN    */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 41  VK_SELECT  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 42  VK_PRINT   */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 43  VK_EXECUTE */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 44  VK_SNAPSHOT*/
+   {PAD0,       0x30,      CTL_PAD0,    ALT_PAD0,   11  }, /* 45  VK_INSERT  */
+   {PADSTOP,    0x2E,      CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,12  }, /* 46  VK_DELETE  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 47  VK_HELP    */
+   {0x30,       0x29,      0,           ALT_0,      0   }, /* 48  */
+   {0x31,       0x21,      0,           ALT_1,      0   }, /* 49  */
+   {0x32,       0x40,      0,           ALT_2,      0   }, /* 50  */
+   {0x33,       0x23,      0,           ALT_3,      0   }, /* 51  */
+   {0x34,       0x24,      0,           ALT_4,      0   }, /* 52  */
+   {0x35,       0x25,      0,           ALT_5,      0   }, /* 53  */
+   {0x36,       0x5E,      0,           ALT_6,      0   }, /* 54  */
+   {0x37,       0x26,      0,           ALT_7,      0   }, /* 55  */
+   {0x38,       0x2A,      0,           ALT_8,      0   }, /* 56  */
+   {0x39,       0x28,      0,           ALT_9,      0   }, /* 57  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 58  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 59  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 60  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 61  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 62  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 63  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 64  */
+   {0x61,       0x41,      0x01,        ALT_A,      0   }, /* 65  */
+   {0x62,       0x42,      0x02,        ALT_B,      0   }, /* 66  */
+   {0x63,       0x43,      0x03,        ALT_C,      0   }, /* 67  */
+   {0x64,       0x44,      0x04,        ALT_D,      0   }, /* 68  */
+   {0x65,       0x45,      0x05,        ALT_E,      0   }, /* 69  */
+   {0x66,       0x46,      0x06,        ALT_F,      0   }, /* 70  */
+   {0x67,       0x47,      0x07,        ALT_G,      0   }, /* 71  */
+   {0x68,       0x48,      0x08,        ALT_H,      0   }, /* 72  */
+   {0x69,       0x49,      0x09,        ALT_I,      0   }, /* 73  */
+   {0x6A,       0x4A,      0x0A,        ALT_J,      0   }, /* 74  */
+   {0x6B,       0x4B,      0x0B,        ALT_K,      0   }, /* 75  */
+   {0x6C,       0x4C,      0x0C,        ALT_L,      0   }, /* 76  */
+   {0x6D,       0x4D,      0x0D,        ALT_M,      0   }, /* 77  */
+   {0x6E,       0x4E,      0x0E,        ALT_N,      0   }, /* 78  */
+   {0x6F,       0x4F,      0x0F,        ALT_O,      0   }, /* 79  */
+   {0x70,       0x50,      0x10,        ALT_P,      0   }, /* 80  */
+   {0x71,       0x51,      0x11,        ALT_Q,      0   }, /* 81  */
+   {0x72,       0x52,      0x12,        ALT_R,      0   }, /* 82  */
+   {0x73,       0x53,      0x13,        ALT_S,      0   }, /* 83  */
+   {0x74,       0x54,      0x14,        ALT_T,      0   }, /* 84  */
+   {0x75,       0x55,      0x15,        ALT_U,      0   }, /* 85  */
+   {0x76,       0x56,      0x16,        ALT_V,      0   }, /* 86  */
+   {0x77,       0x57,      0x17,        ALT_W,      0   }, /* 87  */
+   {0x78,       0x58,      0x18,        ALT_X,      0   }, /* 88  */
+   {0x79,       0x59,      0x19,        ALT_Y,      0   }, /* 89  */
+   {0x7A,       0x5A,      0x1A,        ALT_Z,      0   }, /* 90  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 91  VK_LWIN    */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 92  VK_RWIN    */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 93  VK_APPS    */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 94  */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 95  */
+   {0x30,       0,         CTL_PAD0,    ALT_PAD0,   0   }, /* 96  VK_NUMPAD0 */
+   {0x31,       0,         CTL_PAD1,    ALT_PAD1,   0   }, /* 97  VK_NUMPAD1 */
+   {0x32,       0,         CTL_PAD2,    ALT_PAD2,   0   }, /* 98  VK_NUMPAD2 */
+   {0x33,       0,         CTL_PAD3,    ALT_PAD3,   0   }, /* 99  VK_NUMPAD3 */
+   {0x34,       0,         CTL_PAD4,    ALT_PAD4,   0   }, /* 100 VK_NUMPAD4 */
+   {0x35,       0,         CTL_PAD5,    ALT_PAD5,   0   }, /* 101 VK_NUMPAD5 */
+   {0x36,       0,         CTL_PAD6,    ALT_PAD6,   0   }, /* 102 VK_NUMPAD6 */
+   {0x37,       0,         CTL_PAD7,    ALT_PAD7,   0   }, /* 103 VK_NUMPAD7 */
+   {0x38,       0,         CTL_PAD8,    ALT_PAD8,   0   }, /* 104 VK_NUMPAD8 */
+   {0x39,       0,         CTL_PAD9,    ALT_PAD9,   0   }, /* 105 VK_NUMPAD9 */
+   {PADSTAR,   SHF_PADSTAR,CTL_PADSTAR, ALT_PADSTAR,999 }, /* 106 VK_MULTIPLY*/
+   {PADPLUS,   SHF_PADPLUS,CTL_PADPLUS, ALT_PADPLUS,999 }, /* 107 VK_ADD     */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 108 VK_SEPARATOR     */
+   {PADMINUS, SHF_PADMINUS,CTL_PADMINUS,ALT_PADMINUS,999}, /* 109 VK_SUBTRACT*/
+   {0x2E,       0,         CTL_PADSTOP, ALT_PADSTOP,0   }, /* 110 VK_DECIMAL */
+   {PADSLASH,  SHF_PADSLASH,CTL_PADSLASH,ALT_PADSLASH,2 }, /* 111 VK_DIVIDE  */
+   {KEY_F(1),   KEY_F(13), KEY_F(25),   KEY_F(37),  0   }, /* 112 VK_F1      */
+   {KEY_F(2),   KEY_F(14), KEY_F(26),   KEY_F(38),  0   }, /* 113 VK_F2      */
+   {KEY_F(3),   KEY_F(15), KEY_F(27),   KEY_F(39),  0   }, /* 114 VK_F3      */
+   {KEY_F(4),   KEY_F(16), KEY_F(28),   KEY_F(40),  0   }, /* 115 VK_F4      */
+   {KEY_F(5),   KEY_F(17), KEY_F(29),   KEY_F(41),  0   }, /* 116 VK_F5      */
+   {KEY_F(6),   KEY_F(18), KEY_F(30),   KEY_F(42),  0   }, /* 117 VK_F6      */
+   {KEY_F(7),   KEY_F(19), KEY_F(31),   KEY_F(43),  0   }, /* 118 VK_F7      */
+   {KEY_F(8),   KEY_F(20), KEY_F(32),   KEY_F(44),  0   }, /* 119 VK_F8      */
+   {KEY_F(9),   KEY_F(21), KEY_F(33),   KEY_F(45),  0   }, /* 120 VK_F9      */
+   {KEY_F(10),  KEY_F(22), KEY_F(34),   KEY_F(46),  0   }, /* 121 VK_F10     */
+   {KEY_F(11),  KEY_F(23), KEY_F(35),   KEY_F(47),  0   }, /* 122 VK_F11     */
+   {KEY_F(12),  KEY_F(24), KEY_F(36),   KEY_F(48),  0   }, /* 123 VK_F12     */
+
+   /* 124 through 218 */
+
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+   {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+
+   {0x5B,       0x7B,      0x1B,        ALT_LBRACKET,0  }, /* 219 */
+   {0x5C,       0x7C,      0x1C,        ALT_BSLASH, 0   }, /* 220 */
+   {0x5D,       0x7D,      0x1D,        ALT_RBRACKET,0  }, /* 221 */
+   {0,          0,         0x27,        ALT_FQUOTE, 0   }, /* 222 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 223 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 224 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 225 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 226 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 227 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 228 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 229 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 230 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 231 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 232 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 233 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 234 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 235 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 236 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 237 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 238 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 239 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 240 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 241 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 242 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 243 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 244 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 245 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 246 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 247 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 248 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 249 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 250 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 251 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 252 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 253 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }, /* 254 */
+   {0,          0,         0,           0,          0   }  /* 255 */
+};
+
+static KPTAB ext_kptab[] =
+{
+   {0,          0,              0,              0,          }, /* MUST BE EMPTY */
+   {PADENTER,   SHF_PADENTER,   CTL_PADENTER,   ALT_PADENTER}, /* 13 */
+   {PADSLASH,   SHF_PADSLASH,   CTL_PADSLASH,   ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 111 */
+   {KEY_PPAGE,  KEY_SPREVIOUS,  CTL_PGUP,       ALT_PGUP    }, /* 33 */
+   {KEY_NPAGE,  KEY_SNEXT,      CTL_PGDN,       ALT_PGDN    }, /* 34 */
+   {KEY_END,    KEY_SEND,       CTL_END,        ALT_END     }, /* 35 */
+   {KEY_HOME,   KEY_SHOME,      CTL_HOME,       ALT_HOME    }, /* 36 */
+   {KEY_LEFT,   KEY_SLEFT,      CTL_LEFT,       ALT_LEFT    }, /* 37 */
+   {KEY_UP,     KEY_SUP,        CTL_UP,         ALT_UP      }, /* 38 */
+   {KEY_RIGHT,  KEY_SRIGHT,     CTL_RIGHT,      ALT_RIGHT   }, /* 39 */
+   {KEY_DOWN,   KEY_SDOWN,      CTL_DOWN,       ALT_DOWN    }, /* 40 */
+   {KEY_IC,     KEY_SIC,        CTL_INS,        ALT_INS     }, /* 45 */
+   {KEY_DC,     KEY_SDC,        CTL_DEL,        ALT_DEL     }, /* 46 */
+   {PADSLASH,   SHF_PADSLASH,   CTL_PADSLASH,   ALT_PADSLASH}, /* 191 */
+};
+
+/* End of kptab[] */
+
+void PDC_set_keyboard_binary(bool on)
+{
+    DWORD mode;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_keyboard_binary() - called\n"));
+
+    GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &mode);
+    SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, !on ? (mode | ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT) :
+                                    (mode & ~ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT));
+}
+
+/* check if a key or mouse event is waiting */
+
+bool PDC_check_key(void)
+{
+    if (key_count > 0)
+        return TRUE;
+
+    GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count);
+
+    return (event_count != 0);
+}
+
+/* _get_key_count returns 0 if save_ip doesn't contain an event which
+   should be passed back to the user. This function filters "useless"
+   events.
+
+   The function returns the number of keys waiting. This may be > 1
+   if the repetition of real keys pressed so far are > 1.
+
+   Returns 0 on NUMLOCK, CAPSLOCK, SCROLLLOCK.
+
+   Returns 1 for SHIFT, ALT, CTRL only if no other key has been pressed
+   in between, and SP->return_key_modifiers is set; these are returned
+   on keyup.
+
+   Normal keys are returned on keydown only. The number of repetitions
+   are returned. Dead keys (diacritics) are omitted. See below for a
+   description.
+*/
+
+static int _get_key_count(void)
+{
+    int num_keys = 0, vk;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - called\n"));
+
+    vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode;
+
+    if (KEV.bKeyDown)
+    {
+        /* key down */
+
+        save_press = 0;
+
+        if (vk == VK_CAPITAL || vk == VK_NUMLOCK || vk == VK_SCROLL)
+        {
+            /* throw away these modifiers */
+        }
+        else if (vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU)
+        {
+            /* These keys are returned on keyup only. */
+
+            save_press = vk;
+            switch (vk)
+            {
+            case VK_SHIFT:
+                left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LSHIFT);
+                break;
+            case VK_CONTROL:
+                left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LCONTROL);
+                break;
+            case VK_MENU:
+                left_key = GetKeyState(VK_LMENU);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            /* Check for diacritics. These are dead keys. Some locales
+               have modified characters like umlaut-a, which is an "a"
+               with two dots on it. In some locales you have to press a
+               special key (the dead key) immediately followed by the
+               "a" to get a composed umlaut-a. The special key may have
+               a normal meaning with different modifiers. */
+
+            if (KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar || !(MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) & 0x80000000))
+                num_keys = KEV.wRepeatCount;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* key up */
+
+        /* Only modifier keys or the results of ALT-numpad entry are
+           returned on keyup */
+
+        if ((vk == VK_MENU && KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar) ||
+           ((vk == VK_SHIFT || vk == VK_CONTROL || vk == VK_MENU) &&
+             vk == save_press))
+        {
+            save_press = 0;
+            num_keys = 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    PDC_LOG(("_get_key_count() - returning: num_keys %d\n", num_keys));
+
+    return num_keys;
+}
+
+/* _process_key_event returns -1 if the key in save_ip should be
+   ignored. Otherwise it returns the keycode which should be returned
+   by PDC_get_key(). save_ip must be a key event.
+
+   CTRL-ALT support has been disabled, when is it emitted plainly?  */
+
+static int _process_key_event(void)
+{
+    int key =
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+        KEV.uChar.UnicodeChar;
+#else
+        KEV.uChar.AsciiChar;
+#endif
+    WORD vk = KEV.wVirtualKeyCode;
+    DWORD state = KEV.dwControlKeyState;
+
+    int idx;
+    BOOL enhanced;
+
+    SP->key_code = TRUE;
+
+    /* Save the key modifiers. Do this first to allow to detect e.g. a
+       pressed CTRL key after a hit of NUMLOCK. */
+
+    if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
+        SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_ALT;
+
+    if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED)
+        SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_SHIFT;
+
+    if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
+        SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_CONTROL;
+
+    if (state & NUMLOCK_ON)
+        SP->key_modifiers |= PDC_KEY_MODIFIER_NUMLOCK;
+
+    /* Handle modifier keys hit by themselves */
+
+    switch (vk)
+    {
+    case VK_SHIFT: /* shift */
+        if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
+            return -1;
+
+        return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_SHIFT_L : KEY_SHIFT_R;
+
+    case VK_CONTROL: /* control */
+        if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
+            return -1;
+
+        return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_CONTROL_L : KEY_CONTROL_R;
+
+    case VK_MENU: /* alt */
+        if (!key)
+        {
+            if (!SP->return_key_modifiers)
+                return -1;
+
+            return (left_key & 0x8000) ? KEY_ALT_L : KEY_ALT_R;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* The system may emit Ascii or Unicode characters depending on
+       whether ReadConsoleInputA or ReadConsoleInputW is used.
+
+       Normally, if key != 0 then the system did the translation
+       successfully. But this is not true for LEFT_ALT (different to
+       RIGHT_ALT). In case of LEFT_ALT we can get key != 0. So
+       check for this first. */
+
+    if (key && ( !(state & LEFT_ALT_PRESSED) ||
+        (state & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) ))
+    {
+        /* This code should catch all keys returning a printable
+           character. Characters above 0x7F should be returned as
+           positive codes. */
+
+        if (kptab[vk].extended == 0)
+        {
+            SP->key_code = FALSE;
+            return key;
+        }
+    }
+
+    /* This case happens if a functional key has been entered. */
+
+    if ((state & ENHANCED_KEY) && (kptab[vk].extended != 999))
+    {
+        enhanced = TRUE;
+        idx = kptab[vk].extended;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        enhanced = FALSE;
+        idx = vk;
+    }
+
+    if (state & SHIFT_PRESSED)
+        key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].shift : kptab[idx].shift;
+
+    else if (state & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
+        key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].control : kptab[idx].control;
+
+    else if (state & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
+        key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].alt : kptab[idx].alt;
+
+    else
+        key = enhanced ? ext_kptab[idx].normal : kptab[idx].normal;
+
+    if (key < KEY_CODE_YES)
+        SP->key_code = FALSE;
+
+    return key;
+}
+
+static int _process_mouse_event(void)
+{
+    static const DWORD button_mask[] = {1, 4, 2};
+    short action, shift_flags = 0;
+    int i;
+
+    save_press = 0;
+    SP->key_code = TRUE;
+
+    memset(&SP->mouse_status, 0, sizeof(MOUSE_STATUS));
+
+    /* Handle scroll wheel */
+
+    if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 4)
+    {
+        SP->mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ?
+            PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_DOWN : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_UP;
+
+        SP->mouse_status.x = -1;
+        SP->mouse_status.y = -1;
+
+        memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
+
+        return KEY_MOUSE;
+    }
+
+    if (MEV.dwEventFlags == 8)
+    {
+        SP->mouse_status.changes = (MEV.dwButtonState & 0xFF000000) ?
+            PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_RIGHT : PDC_MOUSE_WHEEL_LEFT;
+
+        SP->mouse_status.x = -1;
+        SP->mouse_status.y = -1;
+
+        memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
+
+        return KEY_MOUSE;
+    }
+
+    action = (MEV.dwEventFlags == 2) ? BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED :
+            ((MEV.dwEventFlags == 1) ? BUTTON_MOVED : BUTTON_PRESSED);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+        SP->mouse_status.button[i] =
+            (MEV.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]) ? action : 0;
+
+    if (action == BUTTON_PRESSED && MEV.dwButtonState & 7 && SP->mouse_wait)
+    {
+        /* Check for a click -- a PRESS followed immediately by a release */
+
+        if (!event_count)
+        {
+            napms(SP->mouse_wait);
+
+            GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(pdc_con_in, &event_count);
+        }
+
+        if (event_count)
+        {
+            INPUT_RECORD ip;
+            DWORD count;
+            bool have_click = FALSE;
+
+            PeekConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count);
+
+            for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+            {
+                if (SP->mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_PRESSED &&
+                    !(ip.Event.MouseEvent.dwButtonState & button_mask[i]))
+                {
+                    SP->mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_CLICKED;
+                    have_click = TRUE;
+                }
+            }
+
+            /* If a click was found, throw out the event */
+
+            if (have_click)
+                ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &ip, 1, &count);
+        }
+    }
+
+    SP->mouse_status.x = MEV.dwMousePosition.X;
+    SP->mouse_status.y = MEV.dwMousePosition.Y;
+
+    SP->mouse_status.changes = 0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    {
+        if (old_mouse_status.button[i] != SP->mouse_status.button[i])
+            SP->mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
+
+        if (SP->mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_MOVED)
+        {
+            /* Discard non-moved "moves" */
+
+            if (SP->mouse_status.x == old_mouse_status.x &&
+                SP->mouse_status.y == old_mouse_status.y)
+                return -1;
+
+            /* Motion events always flag the button as changed */
+
+            SP->mouse_status.changes |= (1 << i);
+            SP->mouse_status.changes |= PDC_MOUSE_MOVED;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    old_mouse_status = SP->mouse_status;
+
+    /* Treat click events as release events for comparison purposes */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+    {
+        if (old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_CLICKED ||
+            old_mouse_status.button[i] == BUTTON_DOUBLE_CLICKED)
+            old_mouse_status.button[i] = BUTTON_RELEASED;
+    }
+
+    /* Check for SHIFT/CONTROL/ALT */
+
+    if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_ALT_PRESSED|RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
+        shift_flags |= BUTTON_ALT;
+
+    if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED|RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED))
+        shift_flags |= BUTTON_CONTROL;
+
+    if (MEV.dwControlKeyState & SHIFT_PRESSED)
+        shift_flags |= BUTTON_SHIFT;
+
+    if (shift_flags)
+    {
+        for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+        {
+            if (SP->mouse_status.changes & (1 << i))
+                SP->mouse_status.button[i] |= shift_flags;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return KEY_MOUSE;
+}
+
+/* return the next available key or mouse event */
+
+int PDC_get_key(void)
+{
+    SP->key_modifiers = 0L;
+
+    if (!key_count)
+    {
+        DWORD count;
+
+        ReadConsoleInput(pdc_con_in, &save_ip, 1, &count);
+        event_count--;
+
+        if (save_ip.EventType == MOUSE_EVENT ||
+            save_ip.EventType == WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT)
+            key_count = 1;
+        else if (save_ip.EventType == KEY_EVENT)
+            key_count = _get_key_count();
+    }
+
+    if (key_count)
+    {
+        key_count--;
+
+        switch (save_ip.EventType)
+        {
+        case KEY_EVENT:
+            return _process_key_event();
+
+        case MOUSE_EVENT:
+            return _process_mouse_event();
+
+        case WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_EVENT:
+            if (REV.dwSize.Y != LINES || REV.dwSize.X != COLS)
+            {
+                if (!SP->resized)
+                {
+                    SP->resized = TRUE;
+                    SP->key_code = TRUE;
+                    return KEY_RESIZE;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/* discard any pending keyboard or mouse input -- this is the core
+   routine for flushinp() */
+
+void PDC_flushinp(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_flushinp() - called\n"));
+
+    FlushConsoleInputBuffer(pdc_con_in);
+}
+
+bool PDC_has_mouse(void)
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int PDC_mouse_set(void)
+{
+    DWORD mode;
+
+    /* If turning on mouse input: Set ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT, and clear
+       all other flags, except processed input mode;
+       If turning off the mouse: Set QuickEdit Mode to the status it
+       had on startup, and clear all other flags, except etc. */
+
+    GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &mode);
+    mode = (mode & 1) | 0x0088;
+    SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, mode | (SP->_trap_mbe ?
+                   ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT : pdc_quick_edit));
+
+    memset(&old_mouse_status, 0, sizeof(old_mouse_status));
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int PDC_modifiers_set(void)
+{
+    return OK;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdcscrn.c

@@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include "pdcwin.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Color component table */
+
+PDCCOLOR pdc_color[PDC_MAXCOL];
+
+HANDLE std_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+HANDLE pdc_con_out = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+HANDLE pdc_con_in = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+DWORD pdc_quick_edit;
+
+static short realtocurs[16] =
+{
+    COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_BLUE, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_RED,
+    COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
+    COLOR_BLUE + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_RED + 8,
+    COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
+};
+
+static short ansitocurs[16] =
+{
+    COLOR_BLACK, COLOR_RED, COLOR_GREEN, COLOR_YELLOW, COLOR_BLUE,
+    COLOR_MAGENTA, COLOR_CYAN, COLOR_WHITE, COLOR_BLACK + 8,
+    COLOR_RED + 8, COLOR_GREEN + 8, COLOR_YELLOW + 8, COLOR_BLUE + 8,
+    COLOR_MAGENTA + 8, COLOR_CYAN + 8, COLOR_WHITE + 8
+};
+
+short pdc_curstoreal[16], pdc_curstoansi[16];
+short pdc_oldf, pdc_oldb, pdc_oldu;
+bool pdc_conemu, pdc_wt, pdc_ansi;
+
+enum { PDC_RESTORE_NONE, PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER };
+
+/* Struct for storing console registry keys, and for use with the
+   undocumented WM_SETCONSOLEINFO message. Originally by James Brown,
+   www.catch22.net. */
+
+static struct
+{
+    ULONG    Length;
+    COORD    ScreenBufferSize;
+    COORD    WindowSize;
+    ULONG    WindowPosX;
+    ULONG    WindowPosY;
+
+    COORD    FontSize;
+    ULONG    FontFamily;
+    ULONG    FontWeight;
+    WCHAR    FaceName[32];
+
+    ULONG    CursorSize;
+    ULONG    FullScreen;
+    ULONG    QuickEdit;
+    ULONG    AutoPosition;
+    ULONG    InsertMode;
+
+    USHORT   ScreenColors;
+    USHORT   PopupColors;
+    ULONG    HistoryNoDup;
+    ULONG    HistoryBufferSize;
+    ULONG    NumberOfHistoryBuffers;
+
+    COLORREF ColorTable[16];
+
+    ULONG    CodePage;
+    HWND     Hwnd;
+
+    WCHAR    ConsoleTitle[0x100];
+} console_info;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NO_INFOEX
+/* Console screen buffer information (extended version) */
+typedef struct _CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX {
+    ULONG       cbSize;
+    COORD       dwSize;
+    COORD       dwCursorPosition;
+    WORD        wAttributes;
+    SMALL_RECT  srWindow;
+    COORD       dwMaximumWindowSize;
+    WORD        wPopupAttributes;
+    BOOL        bFullscreenSupported;
+    COLORREF    ColorTable[16];
+} CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX;
+typedef CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX    *PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX;
+#endif
+
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI *SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)(HANDLE hConsoleOutput,
+    PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX lpConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx);
+typedef BOOL (WINAPI *GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)(HANDLE hConsoleOutput,
+    PCONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX lpConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx);
+
+static SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = NULL;
+static GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx = NULL;
+
+static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO orig_scr;
+static CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFOEX console_infoex;
+
+static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER xcpt_filter;
+
+static DWORD old_console_mode = 0;
+
+static bool is_nt;
+
+static void _reset_old_colors(void)
+{
+    pdc_oldf = -1;
+    pdc_oldb = -1;
+    pdc_oldu = 0;
+}
+
+static HWND _find_console_handle(void)
+{
+    TCHAR orgtitle[1024], temptitle[1024];
+    HWND wnd;
+
+    GetConsoleTitle(orgtitle, 1024);
+
+    wsprintf(temptitle, TEXT("%d/%d"), GetTickCount(), GetCurrentProcessId());
+    SetConsoleTitle(temptitle);
+
+    Sleep(40);
+
+    wnd = FindWindow(NULL, temptitle);
+
+    SetConsoleTitle(orgtitle);
+
+    return wnd;
+}
+
+/* Undocumented console message */
+
+#define WM_SETCONSOLEINFO (WM_USER + 201)
+
+/* Wrapper around WM_SETCONSOLEINFO. We need to create the necessary
+   section (file-mapping) object in the context of the process which
+   owns the console, before posting the message. Originally by JB. */
+
+static void _set_console_info(void)
+{
+    CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
+    CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
+    DWORD dwConsoleOwnerPid;
+    HANDLE hProcess;
+    HANDLE hSection, hDupSection;
+    PVOID ptrView;
+
+    /* Each-time initialization for console_info */
+
+    GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci);
+    console_info.CursorSize = cci.dwSize;
+
+    GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi);
+    console_info.ScreenBufferSize = csbi.dwSize;
+
+    console_info.WindowSize.X = csbi.srWindow.Right - csbi.srWindow.Left + 1;
+    console_info.WindowSize.Y = csbi.srWindow.Bottom - csbi.srWindow.Top + 1;
+
+    console_info.WindowPosX = csbi.srWindow.Left;
+    console_info.WindowPosY = csbi.srWindow.Top;
+
+    /* Open the process which "owns" the console */
+
+    GetWindowThreadProcessId(console_info.Hwnd, &dwConsoleOwnerPid);
+
+    hProcess = OpenProcess(PROCESS_ALL_ACCESS, FALSE, dwConsoleOwnerPid);
+
+    /* Create a SECTION object backed by page-file, then map a view of
+       this section into the owner process so we can write the contents
+       of the CONSOLE_INFO buffer into it */
+
+    hSection = CreateFileMapping(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE, 0, PAGE_READWRITE,
+                                 0, sizeof(console_info), 0);
+
+    /* Copy our console structure into the section-object */
+
+    ptrView = MapViewOfFile(hSection, FILE_MAP_WRITE|FILE_MAP_READ,
+                            0, 0, sizeof(console_info));
+
+    memcpy(ptrView, &console_info, sizeof(console_info));
+
+    UnmapViewOfFile(ptrView);
+
+    /* Map the memory into owner process */
+
+    DuplicateHandle(GetCurrentProcess(), hSection, hProcess, &hDupSection,
+                    0, FALSE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
+
+    /* Send console window the "update" message */
+
+    SendMessage(console_info.Hwnd, WM_SETCONSOLEINFO, (WPARAM)hDupSection, 0);
+
+    CloseHandle(hSection);
+    CloseHandle(hProcess);
+}
+
+static int _set_console_infoex(void)
+{
+    if (!pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(pdc_con_out, &console_infoex))
+        return ERR;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+static int _set_colors(void)
+{
+    SetConsoleTextAttribute(pdc_con_out, 7);
+    _reset_old_colors();
+
+    if (pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)
+        return _set_console_infoex();
+    else
+    {
+        _set_console_info();
+        return OK;
+    }
+}
+
+/* One-time initialization for console_info -- color table and font info
+   from the registry; other values from functions. */
+
+static void _init_console_info(void)
+{
+    DWORD scrnmode, len;
+    HKEY reghnd;
+    int i;
+
+    console_info.Hwnd = _find_console_handle();
+    console_info.Length = sizeof(console_info);
+
+    GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &scrnmode);
+    console_info.QuickEdit = !!(scrnmode & 0x0040);
+    console_info.InsertMode = !!(scrnmode & 0x0020);
+
+    console_info.FullScreen = FALSE;
+    console_info.AutoPosition = 0x10000;
+    console_info.ScreenColors = SP->orig_back << 4 | SP->orig_fore;
+    console_info.PopupColors = 0xf5;
+
+    console_info.HistoryNoDup = FALSE;
+    console_info.HistoryBufferSize = 50;
+    console_info.NumberOfHistoryBuffers = 4;
+
+    console_info.CodePage = GetConsoleOutputCP();
+
+    RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, TEXT("Console"), 0,
+                 KEY_QUERY_VALUE, &reghnd);
+
+    len = sizeof(DWORD);
+
+    /* Default color table */
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+    {
+        char tname[13];
+
+        sprintf(tname, "ColorTable%02d", i);
+        RegQueryValueExA(reghnd, tname, NULL, NULL,
+                         (LPBYTE)(&(console_info.ColorTable[i])), &len);
+    }
+
+    /* Font info */
+
+    RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontSize"), NULL, NULL,
+                    (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontSize), &len);
+    RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontFamily"), NULL, NULL,
+                    (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontFamily), &len);
+    RegQueryValueEx(reghnd, TEXT("FontWeight"), NULL, NULL,
+                    (LPBYTE)(&console_info.FontWeight), &len);
+
+    len = sizeof(WCHAR) * 32;
+    RegQueryValueExW(reghnd, L"FaceName", NULL, NULL,
+                     (LPBYTE)(console_info.FaceName), &len);
+
+    RegCloseKey(reghnd);
+}
+
+static int _init_console_infoex(void)
+{
+    console_infoex.cbSize = sizeof(console_infoex);
+
+    if (!pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx(pdc_con_out, &console_infoex))
+        return ERR;
+
+    console_infoex.srWindow.Right++;
+    console_infoex.srWindow.Bottom++;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+static COLORREF *_get_colors(void)
+{
+    if (pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx)
+    {
+        int status = OK;
+        if (!console_infoex.cbSize)
+            status = _init_console_infoex();
+        return (status == ERR) ? NULL :
+            (COLORREF *)(&(console_infoex.ColorTable));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (!console_info.Hwnd)
+            _init_console_info();
+        return (COLORREF *)(&(console_info.ColorTable));
+    }
+}
+
+/* restore the original console buffer in the event of a crash */
+
+static LONG WINAPI _restore_console(LPEXCEPTION_POINTERS ep)
+{
+    PDC_scr_close();
+
+    return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH;
+}
+
+/* restore the original console buffer on Ctrl+Break (or Ctrl+C,
+   if it gets re-enabled) */
+
+static BOOL WINAPI _ctrl_break(DWORD dwCtrlType)
+{
+    if (dwCtrlType == CTRL_BREAK_EVENT || dwCtrlType == CTRL_C_EVENT)
+        PDC_scr_close();
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* close the physical screen -- may restore the screen to its state
+   before PDC_scr_open(); miscellaneous cleanup */
+
+void PDC_scr_close(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_close() - called\n"));
+
+    if (SP->visibility != 1)
+        curs_set(1);
+
+    PDC_reset_shell_mode();
+
+    /* Position cursor to the bottom left of the screen. */
+
+    if (SP->_restore == PDC_RESTORE_NONE)
+    {
+        SMALL_RECT win;
+
+        win.Left = orig_scr.srWindow.Left;
+        win.Right = orig_scr.srWindow.Right;
+        win.Top = 0;
+        win.Bottom = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top;
+        SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &win);
+        PDC_gotoyx(win.Bottom, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+void PDC_scr_free(void)
+{
+    if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out)
+    {
+        CloseHandle(pdc_con_out);
+        pdc_con_out = std_con_out;
+    }
+
+    SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(xcpt_filter);
+    SetConsoleCtrlHandler(_ctrl_break, FALSE);
+}
+
+/* open the physical screen -- miscellaneous initialization, may save
+   the existing screen for later restoration */
+
+int PDC_scr_open(void)
+{
+    const char *str;
+    CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO csbi;
+    HMODULE h_kernel;
+    BOOL result;
+    int i;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - called\n"));
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
+    {
+        pdc_curstoreal[realtocurs[i]] = i;
+        pdc_curstoansi[ansitocurs[i]] = i;
+    }
+    _reset_old_colors();
+
+    std_con_out =
+    pdc_con_out = GetStdHandle(STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE);
+    pdc_con_in = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
+
+    if (GetFileType(pdc_con_in) != FILE_TYPE_CHAR)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "\nRedirection is not supported.\n");
+        exit(1);
+    }
+
+    is_nt = !(GetVersion() & 0x80000000);
+
+    pdc_wt = !!getenv("WT_SESSION");
+    str = pdc_wt ? NULL : getenv("ConEmuANSI");
+    pdc_conemu = !!str;
+    pdc_ansi = pdc_wt ? TRUE : pdc_conemu ? !strcmp(str, "ON") : FALSE;
+
+    GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &csbi);
+    GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(pdc_con_out, &orig_scr);
+    GetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, &old_console_mode);
+
+    /* preserve QuickEdit Mode setting for use in PDC_mouse_set() when
+       the mouse is not enabled -- other console input settings are
+       cleared */
+
+    pdc_quick_edit = old_console_mode & 0x0040;
+
+    SP->mouse_wait = PDC_CLICK_PERIOD;
+    SP->audible = TRUE;
+
+    SP->termattrs = A_COLOR | A_REVERSE;
+    if (pdc_ansi)
+        SP->termattrs |= A_UNDERLINE | A_ITALIC;
+
+    SP->orig_fore = csbi.wAttributes & 0x0f;
+    SP->orig_back = (csbi.wAttributes & 0xf0) >> 4;
+
+    SP->orig_attr = TRUE;
+
+    SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_NONE;
+
+    if ((str = getenv("PDC_RESTORE_SCREEN")) == NULL || *str != '0')
+    {
+        /* Create a new console buffer */
+
+        pdc_con_out =
+            CreateConsoleScreenBuffer(GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+                                      FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
+                                      NULL, CONSOLE_TEXTMODE_BUFFER, NULL);
+
+        if (pdc_con_out == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+            PDC_LOG(("PDC_scr_open() - screen buffer failure\n"));
+
+            pdc_con_out = std_con_out;
+        }
+        else
+            SP->_restore = PDC_RESTORE_BUFFER;
+    }
+
+    xcpt_filter = SetUnhandledExceptionFilter(_restore_console);
+    SetConsoleCtrlHandler(_ctrl_break, TRUE);
+
+    SP->_preserve = (getenv("PDC_PRESERVE_SCREEN") != NULL);
+
+    /* ENABLE_LVB_GRID_WORLDWIDE */
+    result = SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0010);
+    if (result)
+        SP->termattrs |= A_UNDERLINE | A_LEFT | A_RIGHT;
+
+    PDC_reset_prog_mode();
+
+    SP->mono = FALSE;
+
+    h_kernel = GetModuleHandleA("kernel32.dll");
+    pGetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx =
+        (GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)GetProcAddress(h_kernel,
+        "GetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx");
+    pSetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx =
+        (SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoExFn)GetProcAddress(h_kernel,
+        "SetConsoleScreenBufferInfoEx");
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+ /* Calls SetConsoleWindowInfo with the given parameters, but fits them
+    if a scoll bar shrinks the maximum possible value. The rectangle
+    must at least fit in a half-sized window. */
+
+static BOOL _fit_console_window(HANDLE con_out, CONST SMALL_RECT *rect)
+{
+    SMALL_RECT run;
+    SHORT mx, my;
+
+    if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, rect))
+        return TRUE;
+
+    run = *rect;
+    run.Right /= 2;
+    run.Bottom /= 2;
+
+    mx = run.Right;
+    my = run.Bottom;
+
+    if (!SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
+        return FALSE;
+
+    for (run.Right = rect->Right; run.Right >= mx; run.Right--)
+        if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
+            break;
+
+    if (run.Right < mx)
+        return FALSE;
+
+    for (run.Bottom = rect->Bottom; run.Bottom >= my; run.Bottom--)
+        if (SetConsoleWindowInfo(con_out, TRUE, &run))
+            return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* the core of resize_term() */
+
+int PDC_resize_screen(int nlines, int ncols)
+{
+    SMALL_RECT rect;
+    COORD size, max;
+
+    bool prog_resize = nlines || ncols;
+
+    if (!prog_resize)
+    {
+        nlines = PDC_get_rows();
+        ncols = PDC_get_columns();
+    }
+
+    if (nlines < 2 || ncols < 2)
+        return ERR;
+
+    max = GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(pdc_con_out);
+
+    rect.Left = rect.Top = 0;
+    rect.Right = ncols - 1;
+
+    if (rect.Right > max.X)
+        rect.Right = max.X;
+
+    rect.Bottom = nlines - 1;
+
+    if (rect.Bottom > max.Y)
+        rect.Bottom = max.Y;
+
+    size.X = rect.Right + 1;
+    size.Y = rect.Bottom + 1;
+
+    _fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect);
+    SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size);
+
+    if (prog_resize)
+    {
+        _fit_console_window(pdc_con_out, &rect);
+        SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, size);
+    }
+    SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
+
+    PDC_flushinp();
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void PDC_reset_prog_mode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_prog_mode() - called.\n"));
+
+    if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out)
+        SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
+    else if (is_nt)
+    {
+        COORD bufsize;
+        SMALL_RECT rect;
+
+        bufsize.X = orig_scr.srWindow.Right - orig_scr.srWindow.Left + 1;
+        bufsize.Y = orig_scr.srWindow.Bottom - orig_scr.srWindow.Top + 1;
+
+        rect.Top = rect.Left = 0;
+        rect.Bottom = bufsize.Y - 1;
+        rect.Right = bufsize.X - 1;
+
+        SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize);
+        SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &rect);
+        SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, bufsize);
+        SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
+    }
+
+    PDC_mouse_set();
+}
+
+void PDC_reset_shell_mode(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_reset_shell_mode() - called.\n"));
+
+    if (pdc_con_out != std_con_out)
+        SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(std_con_out);
+    else if (is_nt)
+    {
+        SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize);
+        SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow);
+        SetConsoleScreenBufferSize(pdc_con_out, orig_scr.dwSize);
+        SetConsoleWindowInfo(pdc_con_out, TRUE, &orig_scr.srWindow);
+        SetConsoleActiveScreenBuffer(pdc_con_out);
+    }
+
+    SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_in, old_console_mode | 0x0080);
+}
+
+void PDC_restore_screen_mode(int i)
+{
+}
+
+void PDC_save_screen_mode(int i)
+{
+}
+
+bool PDC_can_change_color(void)
+{
+    return is_nt;
+}
+
+int PDC_color_content(short color, short *red, short *green, short *blue)
+{
+    if (color < 16 && !(pdc_conemu || pdc_wt))
+    {
+        COLORREF *color_table = _get_colors();
+
+        if (color_table)
+        {
+            DWORD col = color_table[pdc_curstoreal[color]];
+
+            *red = DIVROUND(GetRValue(col) * 1000, 255);
+            *green = DIVROUND(GetGValue(col) * 1000, 255);
+            *blue = DIVROUND(GetBValue(col) * 1000, 255);
+        }
+        else
+            return ERR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (!pdc_color[color].mapped)
+        {
+            *red = *green = *blue = -1;
+            return ERR;
+        }
+
+        *red = pdc_color[color].r;
+        *green = pdc_color[color].g;
+        *blue = pdc_color[color].b;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int PDC_init_color(short color, short red, short green, short blue)
+{
+    if (red == -1 && green == -1 && blue == -1)
+    {
+        pdc_color[color].mapped = FALSE;
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    if (color < 16 && !(pdc_conemu || pdc_wt))
+    {
+        COLORREF *color_table = _get_colors();
+
+        if (color_table)
+        {
+            color_table[pdc_curstoreal[color]] =
+                RGB(DIVROUND(red * 255, 1000),
+                    DIVROUND(green * 255, 1000),
+                    DIVROUND(blue * 255, 1000));
+
+            return _set_colors();
+        }
+
+        return ERR;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pdc_color[color].r = red;
+        pdc_color[color].g = green;
+        pdc_color[color].b = blue;
+        pdc_color[color].mapped = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdcsetsc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include "pdcwin.h"
+
+/*man-start**************************************************************
+
+pdcsetsc
+--------
+
+### Synopsis
+
+    int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon);
+    int PDC_set_bold(bool boldon);
+    void PDC_set_title(const char *title);
+
+### Description
+
+   PDC_set_blink() toggles whether the A_BLINK attribute sets an actual
+   blink mode (TRUE), or sets the background color to high intensity
+   (FALSE). The default is platform-dependent (FALSE in most cases). It
+   returns OK if it could set the state to match the given parameter,
+   ERR otherwise.
+
+   PDC_set_bold() toggles whether the A_BOLD attribute selects an actual
+   bold font (TRUE), or sets the foreground color to high intensity
+   (FALSE). It returns OK if it could set the state to match the given
+   parameter, ERR otherwise.
+
+   PDC_set_title() sets the title of the window in which the curses
+   program is running. This function may not do anything on some
+   platforms.
+
+### Portability
+                             X/Open  ncurses  NetBSD
+    PDC_set_blink               -       -       -
+    PDC_set_title               -       -       -
+
+**man-end****************************************************************/
+
+int PDC_curs_set(int visibility)
+{
+    CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO cci;
+    int ret_vis;
+
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_curs_set() - called: visibility=%d\n", visibility));
+
+    ret_vis = SP->visibility;
+
+    if (GetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE)
+        return ERR;
+
+    switch(visibility)
+    {
+    case 0:             /* invisible */
+        cci.bVisible = FALSE;
+        break;
+    case 2:             /* highly visible */
+        cci.bVisible = TRUE;
+        cci.dwSize = 95;
+        break;
+    default:            /* normal visibility */
+        cci.bVisible = TRUE;
+        cci.dwSize = SP->orig_cursor;
+        break;
+    }
+
+    if (SetConsoleCursorInfo(pdc_con_out, &cci) == FALSE)
+        return ERR;
+
+    SP->visibility = visibility;
+    return ret_vis;
+}
+
+void PDC_set_title(const char *title)
+{
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    wchar_t wtitle[512];
+#endif
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_set_title() - called:<%s>\n", title));
+
+#ifdef PDC_WIDE
+    PDC_mbstowcs(wtitle, title, 511);
+    SetConsoleTitleW(wtitle);
+#else
+    SetConsoleTitleA(title);
+#endif
+}
+
+int PDC_set_blink(bool blinkon)
+{
+    if (!SP)
+        return ERR;
+
+    if (SP->color_started)
+    {
+        COLORS = 16;
+        if (PDC_can_change_color()) /* is_nt */
+        {
+            if (pdc_conemu || SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0004)) /* VT */
+                COLORS = PDC_MAXCOL;
+
+            if (!pdc_conemu)
+                SetConsoleMode(pdc_con_out, 0x0010); /* LVB */
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (blinkon)
+    {
+        if (!(SP->termattrs & A_BLINK))
+        {
+            SP->termattrs |= A_BLINK;
+            pdc_last_blink = GetTickCount();
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (SP->termattrs & A_BLINK)
+        {
+            SP->termattrs &= ~A_BLINK;
+            PDC_blink_text();
+        }
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int PDC_set_bold(bool boldon)
+{
+    return boldon ? ERR : OK;
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdcutil.c

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#include "pdcwin.h"
+
+void PDC_beep(void)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_beep() - called\n"));
+
+/*  MessageBeep(MB_OK); */
+    MessageBeep(0XFFFFFFFF);
+}
+
+void PDC_napms(int ms)
+{
+    PDC_LOG(("PDC_napms() - called: ms=%d\n", ms));
+
+    if ((SP->termattrs & A_BLINK) && (GetTickCount() >= pdc_last_blink + 500))
+        PDC_blink_text();
+
+    Sleep(ms);
+}
+
+const char *PDC_sysname(void)
+{
+    return "Windows";
+}

Utilities/cmpdcurses/wincon/pdcwin.h

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* PDCurses */
+
+#if defined(PDC_WIDE) && !defined(UNICODE)
+# define UNICODE
+#endif
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef MOUSE_MOVED
+#include <curspriv.h>
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE)
+# define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE 1   /* kill nonsense warnings */
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {short r, g, b; bool mapped;} PDCCOLOR;
+
+extern PDCCOLOR pdc_color[PDC_MAXCOL];
+
+extern HANDLE pdc_con_out, pdc_con_in;
+extern DWORD pdc_quick_edit;
+extern DWORD pdc_last_blink;
+extern short pdc_curstoreal[16], pdc_curstoansi[16];
+extern short pdc_oldf, pdc_oldb, pdc_oldu;
+extern bool pdc_conemu, pdc_wt, pdc_ansi;
+
+extern void PDC_blink_text(void);